1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1476 \begin_layout Standard
1478 \begin_inset space \space{}
1482 \begin_inset Graphics
1483 filename ../images/down.png
1484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1489 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/up.png
1500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1509 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1511 So you can for example move section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1520 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/promote.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/demote.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1536 So you can for example make section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1541 \begin_inset space ~
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1551 \begin_layout Section
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1555 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1574 LyX's default is CUA.
1577 \begin_layout Standard
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1610 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1614 \begin_layout Labeling
1615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1620 LatexCommand nomenclature
1622 description "Tabulator key"
1628 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1629 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1636 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1643 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1647 , especially section
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1654 reference "sub:Lists"
1660 If you're still confused, look in the
1667 \begin_layout Labeling
1668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1672 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1673 LatexCommand nomenclature
1675 description "Escape key"
1682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1689 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1690 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1693 \begin_layout Labeling
1694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1700 \begin_inset space ~
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1711 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1712 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1716 \begin_layout Standard
1717 There are three modifier keys:
1720 \begin_layout Labeling
1721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1739 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1740 LatexCommand nomenclature
1742 description "Control key"
1746 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1747 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1751 \begin_layout Itemize
1760 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1763 \begin_layout Itemize
1772 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1775 \begin_layout Itemize
1784 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1788 \begin_layout Labeling
1789 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1807 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1808 LatexCommand nomenclature
1810 description "Shift key"
1814 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1815 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1818 \begin_layout Labeling
1819 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1837 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1838 LatexCommand nomenclature
1840 description "Meta or Alt key"
1844 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1845 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1846 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1852 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1854 menu accelerator keys
1857 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1858 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1862 \begin_layout Standard
1863 For example, the sequence
1864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1870 \begin_inset space ~
1874 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset space ~
1888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1911 \begin_inset space ~
1917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1928 There are also other things bound to the
1932 key, but you'll have to check in the
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1945 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1946 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1947 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1948 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1949 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1950 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1951 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1952 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1968 followed by a capital
1974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1992 \begin_layout Standard
1993 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1995 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 The preferences are opened with the menu
2001 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2007 \begin_layout Chapter
2012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2021 \begin_layout Section
2026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2035 \begin_layout Subsection
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2041 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2042 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2043 numbering schemes, and so on.
2044 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2045 and format the title of your document differently.
2048 \begin_layout Standard
2053 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2054 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2055 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2056 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2057 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2060 \begin_layout Standard
2061 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2062 how to adjust their properties.
2065 \begin_layout Subsection
2070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2079 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2090 \begin_layout Standard
2091 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Article for basic articles
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Report for basic reports
2103 \begin_layout Description
2104 Book for writing a book
2107 \begin_layout Description
2108 Letter for US-style letters
2111 \begin_layout Standard
2112 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2114 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2115 can be found in chapter
2117 Special Document Classes
2126 \begin_layout Description
2127 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2130 \begin_layout Description
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2146 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2150 \begin_layout Description
2151 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2152 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2153 There are three article layouts available.
2154 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2155 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2156 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2157 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2162 sequential numbering
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2166 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2167 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2168 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2169 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2172 \begin_layout Description
2173 Beamer Layout for presentations
2176 \begin_layout Description
2177 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2178 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2182 \begin_layout Description
2184 \begin_inset space ~
2187 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2190 \begin_layout Description
2191 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2197 Die TeXnische Komödie
2199 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 Foils Used to make transparencies
2210 \begin_layout Description
2211 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2214 \begin_layout Description
2215 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2216 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2220 \begin_layout Description
2221 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2222 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2229 \begin_layout Description
2230 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2233 \begin_layout Description
2234 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2235 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2238 \begin_layout Description
2239 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2242 \begin_layout Description
2247 LaTeX document class
2250 \begin_layout Description
2251 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2254 \begin_layout Description
2259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2266 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2267 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2269 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2272 \begin_layout Description
2273 Slides Used to make transparencies
2276 \begin_layout Description
2278 \begin_inset space ~
2281 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2282 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2285 \begin_layout Description
2286 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2289 \begin_layout Description
2294 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2297 \begin_layout Standard
2298 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2300 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2305 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2306 of the document classes.
2309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2313 \begin_layout Standard
2314 You can select a class using the
2316 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2330 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2334 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2355 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2356 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2358 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2360 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2374 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2375 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2376 installed by default.
2377 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2378 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2386 \begin_layout Standard
2387 Each class has a default set of options.
2388 Here's a quick table describing them:
2391 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2398 \begin_layout Standard
2400 \begin_inset Tabular
2401 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2404 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2861 \begin_layout Standard
2862 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 You're probably also wondering what
2870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2874 \begin_inset space ~
2878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2882 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2883 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2888 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2893 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2903 headings, there are also
2911 headings, and so on.
2912 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2913 \begin_inset space ~
2917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2919 reference "sub:Headings"
2926 \begin_layout Subsection
2931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2940 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2973 \begin_inset space ~
2978 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2980 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2981 to use for your document.
2982 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2990 \begin_inset space ~
2999 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3000 You can choose between the following five options:
3003 \begin_layout Labeling
3004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3009 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3012 \begin_layout Labeling
3013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3018 No page numbers or headings.
3021 \begin_layout Labeling
3022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3030 \begin_layout Labeling
3031 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3036 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3037 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3038 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3041 \begin_layout Labeling
3042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3047 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3063 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3064 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3066 Check the documentation for the
3070 package for more details,
3071 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3080 \begin_layout Standard
3085 of paragraphs is described in section
3086 \begin_inset space ~
3090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3092 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3099 \begin_layout Subsection
3100 Paper Size and Orientation
3104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 Document ! Paper size
3111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3113 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3120 \begin_layout Standard
3121 You'll find the following options in the menu
3124 \begin_inset space ~
3129 of the dialog of the
3131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3149 \begin_layout Labeling
3150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3155 What size paper to print on.
3159 \begin_layout Itemize
3165 \begin_layout Itemize
3175 \begin_layout Itemize
3181 \begin_layout Itemize
3187 \begin_layout Itemize
3193 \begin_layout Itemize
3199 \begin_layout Itemize
3205 \begin_layout Labeling
3206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3211 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3222 \begin_layout Labeling
3223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3227 \begin_inset space ~
3232 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3233 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3236 \begin_layout Subsection
3241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3267 \begin_layout Standard
3268 Paper margins are set in the menu
3270 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3288 \begin_layout Standard
3289 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3290 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3291 the paper format and the font size into account.
3294 \begin_layout Subsection
3298 \begin_layout Standard
3299 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3304 That includes the paragraph environments.
3305 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3306 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3307 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3308 paragraph environments to
3312 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3313 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3314 the conversion and why it failed.
3317 \begin_layout Section
3318 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3323 Paragraph ! Indentation
3331 \begin_layout Subsection
3333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3335 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3342 \begin_layout Standard
3343 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3344 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3347 \begin_layout Standard
3348 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3349 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3350 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3351 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3355 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3361 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3362 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3363 language than English.
3364 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3367 \begin_layout Standard
3368 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3369 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3371 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3372 LyX takes care of that.
3373 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3375 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3376 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3377 of a page, and so on.
3381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3382 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3387 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3388 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3392 of these pre-coded spacings.
3393 We'll explain more later.
3396 \begin_layout Subsection
3397 Paragraph Separation
3401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3402 Paragraph ! Separation
3410 \begin_layout Standard
3411 To separate paragraphs, select
3422 \begin_inset space ~
3429 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3442 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3443 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3444 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3447 \begin_layout Standard
3457 \begin_layout Standard
3458 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3459 \begin_inset space ~
3463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3465 reference "cap:Units"
3470 The default length is 30
3471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3477 \begin_layout Subsection
3481 \begin_layout Standard
3482 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 dialog and toggle the
3495 \begin_inset space ~
3500 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3501 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3502 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3506 \begin_layout Standard
3507 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3508 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3511 \begin_layout Subsection
3516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3517 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3541 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3544 \begin_inset space ~
3553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3563 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3568 installed to use this feature.
3576 \begin_layout Section
3577 Paragraph Environments
3581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3582 Paragraph ! Environments
3588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3590 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3599 Paragraph environments|(
3607 \begin_layout Subsection
3611 \begin_layout Standard
3612 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3615 \begin_layout Standard
3634 \begin_inset Newline newline
3637 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3638 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3639 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3648 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3651 \begin_layout Standard
3652 A paragraph environment is simply a
3653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3660 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3661 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3662 scheme, labels, and so on.
3663 Additionally, you can
3664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3671 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3672 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3673 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3674 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3675 days of typewriters.
3676 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3678 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3681 \begin_layout Standard
3682 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3683 \begin_inset Graphics
3684 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3690 at the left end of the toolbar.
3691 LyX will change the environment of the
3695 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3696 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3697 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3701 \begin_layout Standard
3710 create a new paragraph using the
3714 paragraph environment.
3716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3723 because if you are in one of these environments:
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3732 \begin_layout Itemize
3738 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3750 \begin_layout Itemize
3756 \begin_layout Itemize
3762 \begin_layout Itemize
3768 \begin_layout Standard
3769 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3773 , rather than resetting it to
3778 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3779 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3780 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3781 \begin_inset space ~
3785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3787 reference "sec:Nesting"
3792 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3797 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3798 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3806 \begin_layout Subsection
3810 \begin_layout Standard
3811 The default paragraph environment is
3816 It creates a plain paragraph.
3817 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3818 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3819 this manual) are in the
3826 \begin_layout Standard
3827 You can nest a paragraph using the
3831 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3839 \begin_layout Subsection
3844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 \begin_layout Standard
3854 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3863 for thanks or contact information.
3864 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3865 page along with today's date.
3866 For other types of documents, the title
3867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3874 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3893 Here's how you use them:
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the title of your document in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 Put the author name in the
3912 \begin_layout Itemize
3913 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3914 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3920 Note that using this environment is optional.
3921 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3922 If you don't want any date, add the line
3923 \begin_inset Newline newline
3933 \begin_inset Newline newline
3936 to the preamble of your document (menu
3938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3944 \begin_layout Standard
3945 You can use footnotes to insert
3946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3953 or contact informations.
3956 \begin_layout Subsection
3961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3978 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3979 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3988 Section headings ! Numbered
3996 \begin_layout Standard
3997 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4001 \begin_layout Enumerate
4007 \begin_layout Enumerate
4013 \begin_layout Enumerate
4019 \begin_layout Enumerate
4025 \begin_layout Enumerate
4031 \begin_layout Enumerate
4037 \begin_layout Enumerate
4043 \begin_layout Standard
4044 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4045 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4046 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4049 \begin_layout Standard
4050 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4051 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4052 You group the book into chapters.
4053 LyX does similar grouping:
4056 \begin_layout Itemize
4061 is divided in either
4070 \begin_layout Itemize
4082 \begin_layout Itemize
4094 \begin_layout Itemize
4106 \begin_layout Itemize
4118 \begin_layout Itemize
4130 \begin_layout Standard
4131 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4139 Not all document types use the
4143 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4148 is the top-level heading.
4156 \begin_layout Standard
4161 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4162 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4164 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4176 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4182 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4190 \begin_layout Standard
4191 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4195 \begin_layout Enumerate
4201 \begin_layout Enumerate
4207 \begin_layout Enumerate
4213 \begin_layout Enumerate
4219 \begin_layout Enumerate
4225 \begin_layout Standard
4227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4234 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4235 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4236 table of contents, see section
4237 \begin_inset space ~
4241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4251 Changing the Numbering
4252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4254 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4261 \begin_layout Standard
4262 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4263 in the Table of Contents.
4264 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4266 Certain classes start with
4280 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4290 This is something you can change.
4293 \begin_layout Standard
4296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4316 \begin_inset space ~
4320 \begin_inset space ~
4325 you'll see two counters.
4330 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4332 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4336 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4337 Short Titles of Headings
4341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4342 Section headings ! Short titles
4351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4360 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4367 \begin_layout Standard
4368 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4369 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4370 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4371 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4374 \begin_layout Standard
4375 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4376 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4377 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4378 To specify a short title, use the menu
4380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4382 \begin_inset space ~
4388 This will insert a box labeled
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4405 This also works for captions inside floats.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 The following information applies to all section headings:
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4428 \begin_layout Itemize
4429 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4432 \begin_layout Itemize
4433 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4436 \begin_layout Subsection
4437 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4440 \begin_layout Standard
4441 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4455 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4456 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4457 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4458 the text they contain.
4459 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4467 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4470 \begin_layout Standard
4471 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4480 when you start a new paragraph.
4481 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4485 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4486 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4487 to change back to the
4491 environment yourself.
4494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4523 \begin_layout Standard
4524 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4525 time for the differences.
4534 are identical except for one difference:
4538 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4547 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4551 Here's an example of the
4564 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4566 See -- no indentation!
4570 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4571 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4572 the other paragraph.
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 Here's another example, this time in the
4583 \begin_layout Quotation
4589 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4590 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4591 the first line, then
4595 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4599 you were quoting other text.
4602 \begin_layout Quotation
4603 Here's a new paragraph.
4604 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4605 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4608 \begin_layout Standard
4609 As the examples show,
4613 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4614 They should put quotes in the
4619 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4623 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4668 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4674 \begin_inset Newline newline
4677 Which I did not rehearse!
4681 It could be much worse.
4682 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4684 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4685 indented a bit more than the first.
4686 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4692 \begin_inset Newline newline
4695 And make things look fine
4696 \begin_inset Newline newline
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4711 does not indent both margins.
4712 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4713 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4724 \begin_layout Subsection
4729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4746 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4756 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4765 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4766 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4767 some general features of all four of them.
4770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4774 \begin_layout Standard
4775 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4777 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4786 reset the environment to
4790 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4791 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4792 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4797 to break paragraphs.
4800 \begin_layout Standard
4801 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4802 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4804 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4805 you read all of section
4806 \begin_inset space ~
4810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4812 reference "sec:Nesting"
4820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4845 \begin_layout Standard
4846 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4850 paragraph environment.
4851 It has the following properties:
4854 \begin_layout Itemize
4855 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4859 \begin_layout Itemize
4860 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4863 \begin_layout Itemize
4864 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4868 \begin_layout Itemize
4869 The items can have any length.
4870 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4871 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4878 \begin_layout Itemize
4883 environment inside another
4887 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4892 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4895 \begin_layout Itemize
4896 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4899 \begin_layout Itemize
4901 \begin_inset space ~
4905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4907 reference "sec:Nesting"
4911 for a full explanation of nesting.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4925 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4928 \begin_layout Standard
4929 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4930 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4931 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4934 \begin_layout Itemize
4935 The label for the first level
4939 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4943 \begin_layout Itemize
4944 The label for the second level is a dash.
4948 \begin_layout Itemize
4949 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4953 \begin_layout Itemize
4954 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4958 \begin_layout Itemize
4959 Back out to the third level.
4963 \begin_layout Itemize
4964 Back to the second level.
4968 \begin_layout Itemize
4969 Back to the outermost level.
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 These are the default labels for an
4978 You can customize these labels in the
4980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4983 dialog in the submenu
4993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5004 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5006 \begin_inset space ~
5010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5012 reference "sec:Nesting"
5019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5037 name "sec:Enumerate"
5044 \begin_layout Standard
5049 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5050 It has these properties:
5053 \begin_layout Enumerate
5054 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5058 \begin_layout Enumerate
5059 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5063 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5072 environment resets the counter to one.
5075 \begin_layout Enumerate
5088 \begin_layout Enumerate
5089 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5090 Items can have any length.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5097 \begin_layout Enumerate
5098 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5101 \begin_layout Enumerate
5102 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5106 \begin_layout Standard
5115 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5116 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5123 \begin_layout Enumerate
5124 The first level of an
5128 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5132 \begin_layout Enumerate
5133 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5137 \begin_layout Enumerate
5138 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5142 \begin_layout Enumerate
5143 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5146 \begin_layout Enumerate
5147 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5152 \begin_layout Enumerate
5153 Back to the third level
5157 \begin_layout Enumerate
5158 Back to the second level.
5162 \begin_layout Enumerate
5163 Back to the outermost level.
5166 \begin_layout Standard
5167 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5172 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5177 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5181 \begin_layout Standard
5182 There is more to nesting
5186 environments than we've stated here.
5187 You should read section
5188 \begin_inset space ~
5192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5194 reference "sec:Nesting"
5198 to learn more about nesting.
5201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5219 name "sec:Description-List"
5226 \begin_layout Standard
5227 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5231 list has no fixed label.
5232 Instead, LyX uses the first
5233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5240 of the first line as the label.
5244 \begin_layout Description
5245 Example: This is an example of the
5252 \begin_layout Standard
5253 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5257 \begin_layout Standard
5259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5266 it is meant that the first hit of the
5270 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5272 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5284 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5286 \begin_inset space ~
5292 \begin_inset space ~
5296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5298 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5302 for more info.) Here is an example:
5305 \begin_layout Description
5307 \begin_inset space ~
5310 Example: This one shows how to use a
5313 \begin_inset space ~
5325 \begin_layout Description
5326 Usage: You should use the
5330 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5331 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5333 It's not a good idea to use a
5337 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5338 You're better off using
5350 paragraphs into them.
5353 \begin_layout Description
5354 Nesting: You can nest
5358 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5362 \begin_layout Standard
5363 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5364 them from the first line.
5367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5397 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5401 \begin_layout Standard
5410 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5411 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5414 \begin_layout Labeling
5415 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5417 \begin_inset space ~
5420 labels LyX uses the first
5421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5428 of each line as the item label.
5433 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5434 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5435 blank as described above.
5438 \begin_layout Labeling
5439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5440 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5441 the body of the item text.
5442 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5443 label width plus a little extra space.
5447 \begin_layout Labeling
5448 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5450 \begin_inset space ~
5453 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5455 If the label width is larger, the label
5456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5463 into the first line.
5464 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5465 margin of the rest of the item text.
5468 \begin_layout Labeling
5469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5471 \begin_inset space ~
5474 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5479 environment have the same left margin.
5480 \begin_inset Newline newline
5483 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5486 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5488 \begin_inset space ~
5497 \begin_inset space ~
5502 determines the default label width.
5503 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5512 multiple times instead.
5513 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5522 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5525 \begin_inset space ~
5530 every time you alter a label in a
5535 \begin_inset Newline newline
5538 The predefined default width is the length of
5539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5548 \begin_inset Newline newline
5552 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5560 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5561 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5569 \begin_layout Standard
5574 environment the same way like the
5578 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5584 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5588 \begin_layout Standard
5593 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5595 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5597 \begin_inset space ~
5601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5603 reference "sec:Nesting"
5607 to learn about nesting.
5610 \begin_layout Standard
5611 There is yet another feature of the
5615 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5617 You can use additional
5621 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5626 are documented in section
5627 \begin_inset space ~
5631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5633 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5638 Here are some examples:
5641 \begin_layout Labeling
5642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5643 Left The default for
5650 \begin_layout Labeling
5651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5659 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5662 \begin_layout Labeling
5663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5664 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5668 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5675 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5678 \begin_layout Subsection
5683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5700 \begin_inset space ~
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5717 \begin_inset space ~
5723 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5724 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5725 In contrast, you can use the
5732 \begin_inset space ~
5737 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5738 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5742 \begin_layout Standard
5743 Of course, you're not limited to using
5750 \begin_inset space ~
5759 \begin_inset space ~
5764 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5765 some European academic papers.
5768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5772 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5784 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5785 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5794 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5795 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5796 Here's an example of each:
5799 \begin_layout Right Address
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5805 \begin_inset Newline newline
5809 \begin_inset Newline newline
5812 When is it? What is today?
5815 \begin_layout Standard
5819 \begin_inset space ~
5825 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5826 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5827 Here's an example of the
5834 \begin_layout Address
5836 \begin_inset Newline newline
5839 Where do I send this
5840 \begin_inset Newline newline
5843 Your post office and country
5846 \begin_layout Standard
5847 As you can see, both
5854 \begin_inset space ~
5859 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5864 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5870 This makes sense, since
5878 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5879 Thus, you have to use
5890 \begin_inset space ~
5893 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5895 \begin_inset space ~
5904 menu) to start a new line in an
5911 \begin_inset space ~
5919 \begin_layout Subsection
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5925 or list of references.
5926 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5945 \begin_layout Standard
5950 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5951 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5952 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5953 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5957 in anything else or vice versa.
5963 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5964 The book document classes ignores the
5968 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5972 in a letter document class.
5975 \begin_layout Standard
5980 environment does several things for you.
5981 First, it puts the centered label
5982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5990 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5992 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5993 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5994 the subsequent text.
5995 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5996 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6004 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6005 The new paragraph will still be in the
6010 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6011 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6014 \begin_layout Standard
6015 \begin_inset Float figure
6020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6022 \begin_inset Graphics
6023 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6032 \begin_inset Caption
6034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6037 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6059 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6063 environment, but since this document is in the
6064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6071 class, we can't do this.
6072 We inserted it therefore as figure
6073 \begin_inset space ~
6077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6079 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6084 If you've never heard of an
6085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6092 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6095 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6113 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6125 environment is used to list references.
6126 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6127 only use it at the end of the document.
6132 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6136 When you first open a
6140 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6156 depending on the document class.
6157 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6158 Each paragraph of the
6162 environment is a bibliography entry.
6167 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6168 Each new paragraph is still in the
6175 \begin_layout Standard
6176 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6178 \begin_inset space ~
6182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6184 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6191 \begin_layout Subsection
6198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6199 Paragraph ! LyX code
6205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6219 environment is another LyX extension.
6220 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6225 key as a fixed whitespace;
6229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6241 \begin_inset space ~
6246 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6251 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6252 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6270 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6271 So, when you finish using the
6275 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6276 Also, you can nest the
6280 environment inside of others.
6283 \begin_layout Standard
6284 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6287 \begin_layout Itemize
6292 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6304 \begin_layout Itemize
6317 \begin_layout Itemize
6322 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6338 \begin_layout Itemize
6339 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6340 You must put at least one
6344 in any line you want blank.
6345 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6348 \begin_layout Itemize
6349 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6353 since that will insert
6358 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6366 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6385 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6389 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6390 printf("Hello World!
6395 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6399 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6404 This is just the standard
6405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6416 \begin_layout Standard
6421 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6422 rc-files, and so on.
6423 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6424 as if you used a typewriter.
6428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6429 Paragraph environments|)
6437 \begin_layout Section
6438 Nesting Environments
6442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6443 Nesting ! Environments
6449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6458 \begin_layout Subsection
6462 \begin_layout Standard
6463 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6465 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6467 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6469 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6481 \begin_layout Enumerate
6485 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 \begin_layout Enumerate
6494 \begin_layout Enumerate
6499 \begin_layout Enumerate
6503 \begin_layout Standard
6504 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6505 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6508 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6520 \begin_inset space ~
6524 \begin_inset space ~
6533 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6534 will tell you how far you are nested).
6535 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6536 \begin_inset Graphics
6537 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6542 \begin_inset Graphics
6543 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6547 or the convenient key bindings
6555 to change the nesting level.
6556 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6557 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6562 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6563 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6564 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6565 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6569 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6570 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6572 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6575 \begin_layout Subsection
6576 What You Can and Can't Nest
6579 \begin_layout Standard
6580 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6581 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6585 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6586 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6587 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6590 \begin_layout Itemize
6591 Completely unnestable
6594 \begin_layout Itemize
6595 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6596 other things inside of them.
6599 \begin_layout Itemize
6600 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6606 environments have them:
6609 \begin_layout Description
6610 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6611 Can't nest into them.
6615 \begin_layout Itemize
6621 \begin_layout Itemize
6627 \begin_layout Itemize
6633 \begin_layout Itemize
6639 \begin_layout Itemize
6646 \begin_layout Description
6648 \begin_inset space ~
6651 Nestable You can nest them.
6652 You can nest other things into them.
6656 \begin_layout Itemize
6662 \begin_layout Itemize
6668 \begin_layout Itemize
6674 \begin_layout Itemize
6680 \begin_layout Itemize
6686 \begin_layout Itemize
6692 \begin_layout Itemize
6698 \begin_layout Itemize
6705 \begin_layout Description
6706 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6707 You can't nest anything into them.
6711 \begin_layout Itemize
6717 \begin_layout Itemize
6723 \begin_layout Itemize
6729 \begin_layout Itemize
6735 \begin_layout Itemize
6741 \begin_layout Itemize
6747 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 \begin_layout Itemize
6759 \begin_layout Itemize
6765 \begin_layout Itemize
6771 \begin_layout Itemize
6777 \begin_layout Itemize
6783 \begin_layout Itemize
6789 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 \begin_inset space ~
6799 \begin_layout Itemize
6806 \begin_layout Standard
6807 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6815 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6832 \begin_inset space ~
6835 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6836 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6837 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6845 \begin_layout Subsection
6846 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6851 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6859 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6868 affected by nesting anyhow.
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Itemize
6880 \begin_layout Itemize
6884 \begin_layout Standard
6886 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6894 Figures and tables in
6898 are not affected by this.
6903 Have a look at section
6904 \begin_inset space ~
6908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6910 reference "sec:Floats"
6914 for more informations about
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6922 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6923 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 of its own, it behaves just like a
6937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6944 paragraph environment.
6945 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6949 \begin_layout Standard
6950 Here's an example with a table:
6953 \begin_layout Enumerate
6958 \begin_layout Enumerate
6959 This is (a) and it's nested.
6963 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6970 \begin_layout Standard
6972 \begin_inset Tabular
6973 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6976 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7060 \begin_layout Standard
7061 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7068 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7078 \begin_layout Standard
7079 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7082 \begin_layout Enumerate
7087 \begin_layout Enumerate
7088 This is (a) and it's nested.
7092 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7099 \begin_layout Standard
7101 \begin_inset Tabular
7102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7189 \begin_layout Standard
7190 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7196 \begin_layout Enumerate
7203 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7206 \begin_layout Enumerate
7210 \begin_layout Standard
7211 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7215 \begin_layout Standard
7216 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7218 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7221 \begin_layout Enumerate
7226 \begin_layout Enumerate
7227 This is (a) and it's nested.
7230 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7237 \begin_layout Standard
7239 \begin_inset Tabular
7240 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7243 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7334 \begin_layout Enumerate
7336 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7344 \begin_layout Enumerate
7348 \begin_layout Standard
7349 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7355 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7356 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7360 \begin_layout Subsection
7361 Usage and General Features
7362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7364 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7371 \begin_layout Standard
7372 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7381 is the innermost possible depth.
7382 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7385 \begin_layout Enumerate
7386 level #1 - outermost
7390 \begin_layout Enumerate
7395 \begin_layout Enumerate
7400 \begin_layout Enumerate
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7410 \begin_layout Itemize
7419 \begin_layout Standard
7420 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7421 both of them in the example.
7422 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7432 For example, if we tried to nest another
7437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7447 \begin_layout Subsection
7452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7462 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7463 We have several examples of nested environments.
7464 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7469 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7472 \begin_layout Labeling
7473 \labelwidthstring MMM
7474 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7483 \begin_layout Labeling
7484 \labelwidthstring MMM
7485 #2-a This is level #2.
7486 We created it by using
7498 \begin_layout Labeling
7499 \labelwidthstring MMM
7500 #3-a This is level #3.
7501 This time, we just hit
7510 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7528 environment, nested inside of
7529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7537 So, it's at level #4.
7538 We did this by hitting
7546 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7551 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7567 \begin_layout Standard
7572 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7579 \begin_layout Labeling
7580 \labelwidthstring MMM
7581 #4-a This is level #4.
7586 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7591 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7595 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7600 keep nesting things inside of
7601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7612 \begin_layout Labeling
7613 \labelwidthstring MMM
7614 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7622 and this is level #6.
7623 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7627 \begin_layout Labeling
7628 \labelwidthstring MMM
7629 #5-b Back to level #5.
7642 \begin_layout Labeling
7643 \labelwidthstring MMM
7652 , we're back at level #4.
7656 \begin_layout Labeling
7657 \labelwidthstring MMM
7658 #3-b Back to level #3.
7659 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7663 \begin_layout Labeling
7664 \labelwidthstring MMM
7665 #2-b Back to level #2.
7670 \begin_layout Labeling
7671 \labelwidthstring MMM
7672 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7673 After this sentence, we'll hit
7677 and change the paragraph environment back to
7684 \begin_layout Standard
7685 We could have also used the
7701 environment in place of the
7706 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7710 Example 2: Inheritance
7713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7714 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7727 , after which, we'll change to the
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7740 environment, at level #2.
7743 \begin_layout Enumerate
7744 Notice how the nested
7748 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7752 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7757 We ended this example by hitting
7762 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7766 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7774 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7787 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7795 \begin_layout Enumerate
7796 This is level #1, in an
7800 paragraph environment.
7801 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7805 \begin_layout Enumerate
7816 Now, what happens if we nest an
7820 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7821 label be? An asterisk?
7825 \begin_layout Itemize
7835 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7836 So, its label is a bullet.
7837 (We got here by using
7845 , then changing the environment to
7853 \begin_layout Itemize
7854 Here's level #4, produced using
7863 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7868 \begin_layout Enumerate
7869 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7871 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7876 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7880 , because we are in the
7904 \begin_layout Enumerate
7909 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7910 type of numbering does LyX use?
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7914 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7918 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7926 to decrease the depth after the next
7934 \begin_layout Enumerate
7936 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7940 \begin_layout Enumerate
7942 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7943 numeral as the label.Why?
7946 \begin_layout Enumerate
7947 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7956 Notice, however, that LyX
7960 reset the counter for the label.
7964 \begin_layout Enumerate
7973 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7974 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7975 into the twofold-nested
7983 \begin_layout Enumerate
7984 The same thing happens if we do another
7992 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7995 \begin_layout Standard
7996 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8001 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8015 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8021 The same rule applies for the
8025 environment, as well.
8028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8029 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8032 \begin_layout Enumerate
8033 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8034 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8035 same detail with how we did it.
8044 \begin_layout Standard
8047 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8049 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8050 example in parentheses someplace.
8051 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8052 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8053 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8057 \begin_layout Enumerate
8062 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8067 Now we'll add verse.
8068 \begin_inset Newline newline
8071 It will get much worse.
8072 \begin_inset Newline newline
8077 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8083 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8084 \begin_inset Newline newline
8087 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8088 \begin_inset Newline newline
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8108 \begin_layout Standard
8110 \begin_inset Tabular
8111 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8113 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8202 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8206 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8212 \begin_layout Enumerate
8217 : level #1) This is another item.
8218 Note that selecting a
8222 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8223 3 times to put the table inside the
8231 \begin_layout Quotation
8232 We're now ending the
8236 list and changing to
8241 We're still at level #1.
8242 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8243 The next set of paragraphs is a
8244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8258 \begin_inset space ~
8263 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8267 for the letter body.
8272 to preserve the depth.
8273 Remember that you need to use
8277 to create multiple lines inside the
8284 \begin_inset space ~
8294 \begin_layout Right Address
8296 \begin_inset Newline newline
8299 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8300 \begin_inset Newline newline
8306 \begin_layout Address
8308 \begin_inset space ~
8314 \begin_layout Quotation
8315 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8316 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8319 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8320 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8321 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8322 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8323 as soon as possible.
8324 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8327 \begin_layout Quotation
8328 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8329 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8330 with your order, along with payment.
8333 \begin_layout Quotation
8334 We thank you again for your patience.
8337 \begin_layout Address
8339 \begin_inset Newline newline
8346 \begin_layout Quotation
8347 That ends that example!
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8351 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8352 just a few keystrokes.
8353 We could have easily nested an
8374 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8377 \begin_layout Section
8378 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8391 \begin_layout Standard
8392 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8393 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8394 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8395 be broken at the end of a line.
8396 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8400 \begin_layout Subsection
8402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8404 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8421 \begin_layout Standard
8422 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8424 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8428 Further documentation is given in section
8429 \begin_inset Newline newline
8433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8435 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8443 \begin_layout Standard
8444 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8459 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8468 A protected space is set with
8470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8471 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8475 \begin_inset space ~
8489 \begin_layout Subsection
8491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8493 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8502 Spacing ! Horizontal
8510 \begin_layout Standard
8511 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8514 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8518 The length units are listed in Appendix
8519 \begin_inset space ~
8523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8525 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8536 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8553 \begin_layout Standard
8555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8559 \begin_inset space \space{}
8562 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8563 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8564 \begin_inset space ~
8568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8570 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8575 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8576 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8587 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8604 \begin_layout Standard
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8613 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8622 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8623 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8624 inside abbreviations:
8629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8633 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8638 \begin_inset space \space{}
8644 \begin_layout Standard
8645 or between values and units.
8646 Compare for example this:
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8655 \begin_inset Newline newline
8661 \begin_layout Standard
8662 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8665 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8667 \begin_inset space ~
8679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8683 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8690 \begin_layout Standard
8691 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8694 \begin_layout Description
8696 \begin_inset space ~
8700 \begin_inset space ~
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8708 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8712 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8715 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8718 \begin_layout Description
8720 \begin_inset space ~
8724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8732 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8736 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8743 em) space between the arrows.
8746 \begin_layout Description
8748 \begin_inset space ~
8752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8760 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8764 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8768 \begin_inset space ~
8772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8775 em) space between the arrows.
8778 \begin_layout Description
8780 \begin_inset space ~
8784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8792 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8796 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8800 \begin_inset space ~
8804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8807 em) space between the arrows.
8810 \begin_layout Description
8812 \begin_inset space ~
8816 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8820 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8825 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8832 cm space between the arrows.
8835 \begin_layout Standard
8837 \begin_inset space ~
8841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8843 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8847 lists the different space sizes.
8850 \begin_layout Standard
8851 \begin_inset Float table
8856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8858 \begin_inset Caption
8860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8863 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8867 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8877 \begin_inset Tabular
8878 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8921 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8969 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9116 \begin_layout Standard
9117 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9118 in a uniform fashion.
9119 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9120 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9121 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9122 equally between themselves.
9126 \begin_layout Standard
9127 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9132 This is on the left side
9133 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9136 This is on the right
9142 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9146 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9159 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9163 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9169 \begin_layout Standard
9170 That was an example in the
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9180 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9184 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9187 is one in a standard paragraph.
9188 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9192 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9195 \begin_layout Standard
9196 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9199 \begin_inset space ~
9204 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9209 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9219 \begin_layout Standard
9221 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9231 \begin_layout Standard
9233 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9237 \begin_inset space ~
9243 \begin_layout Standard
9245 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9249 \begin_inset space ~
9255 \begin_layout Standard
9257 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9261 \begin_inset space ~
9267 \begin_layout Standard
9269 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9273 \begin_inset space ~
9279 \begin_layout Standard
9280 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9288 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9292 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9293 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9294 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9298 option in the space dialog.
9306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9320 \begin_layout Standard
9321 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9323 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9326 \begin_layout Standard
9327 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9330 What is correct English?:
9331 \begin_inset Newline newline
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9339 \begin_inset space ~
9342 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9343 \begin_inset Newline newline
9350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9361 \begin_inset Newline newline
9368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9379 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9385 \begin_layout Standard
9386 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9391 \begin_inset space ~
9395 \begin_inset space ~
9399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9403 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9421 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9425 for more information about TeX-Code.
9431 In our case write the command
9438 (note the space after
9439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9446 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9447 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9448 That is why it is named
9449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9461 There exists also the commands
9473 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9474 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9475 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9477 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9489 \begin_layout Subsection
9491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9493 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9510 \begin_layout Standard
9511 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9514 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9516 \begin_inset space ~
9522 There you find the following sizes:
9525 \begin_layout Standard
9538 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9543 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9545 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9558 for the paragraph separation.
9559 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9570 \begin_layout Standard
9579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9585 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9586 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9588 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9589 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9598 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 s are described in section
9608 \begin_inset space ~
9612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9614 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9623 If there are several
9627 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9628 You can therefore use
9632 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9635 \begin_layout Standard
9640 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9641 \begin_inset space ~
9645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9647 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9655 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9665 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9666 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9678 \begin_layout Subsection
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9683 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9685 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9689 There are four possibilities:
9692 \begin_layout Itemize
9698 \begin_layout Itemize
9704 \begin_layout Itemize
9710 \begin_layout Itemize
9716 \begin_layout Standard
9717 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9718 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9719 the left and right margins.
9720 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9723 \begin_layout Standard
9725 This paragraph is right aligned,
9728 \begin_layout Standard
9730 this one is centered,
9733 \begin_layout Standard
9735 this one is left aligned.
9738 \begin_layout Subsection
9743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9744 Page breaks ! Forced
9750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9752 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9759 \begin_layout Standard
9760 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9761 can force a page break where you want one.
9762 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9763 Only if you use many
9767 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9771 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9772 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9776 have to change the page breaking.
9779 \begin_layout Standard
9780 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9782 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9784 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9785 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9787 \begin_inset space ~
9793 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9796 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9798 \begin_inset space ~
9803 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9805 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9806 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9809 \begin_layout Standard
9810 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9811 at the top of a page.
9812 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9813 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9814 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9815 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9819 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9830 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9834 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9853 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9854 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9855 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9856 if necessary by adding pages.
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9860 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9863 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9865 \begin_inset space ~
9871 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9873 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9874 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9876 \begin_inset space ~
9880 \begin_inset space ~
9885 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9886 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9889 \begin_layout Subsection
9894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9903 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
9910 \begin_layout Standard
9911 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
9913 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9916 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9918 \begin_inset space ~
9922 \begin_inset space ~
9932 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9935 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9937 \begin_inset space ~
9941 \begin_inset space ~
9946 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9948 This is necessary to avoid
9949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9956 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
9959 \begin_layout Standard
9960 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
9961 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
9962 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9963 set a line break, e.g.
9964 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9965 \begin_inset space ~
9969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9971 reference "sec:Quote"
9976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9978 reference "sec:Verse"
9983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9985 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9992 \begin_layout Subsection
9994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9996 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10013 \begin_layout Standard
10018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10019 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10021 \begin_inset space ~
10026 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10032 \begin_layout Section
10033 Characters and Symbols
10036 \begin_layout Standard
10037 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10038 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10043 \begin_inset space ~
10046 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10054 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10058 for informations how this is done.
10061 \begin_layout Standard
10062 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10067 dialog via the menu
10069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10070 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10076 \begin_layout Standard
10077 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10085 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10086 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10087 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10095 \begin_layout Section
10096 Fonts and Text Styles
10097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10099 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10106 \begin_layout Subsection
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10121 There are two types of fonts:
10124 \begin_layout Description
10126 \begin_inset space ~
10133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10139 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10140 characters) in the font.
10141 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10142 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10143 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10144 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10145 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10146 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10147 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10148 provide a good image.
10149 \begin_inset Newline newline
10152 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10153 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10154 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10155 sizes than at small ones.
10156 \begin_inset Newline newline
10170 \begin_inset space ~
10178 \begin_layout Description
10180 \begin_inset space ~
10187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10193 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10194 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10195 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10196 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10197 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10198 picture manipulation program.
10199 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10200 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10201 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10202 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10203 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10205 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10206 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10207 \begin_inset Newline newline
10210 Bitmap fonts are named
10213 \begin_inset space ~
10218 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10223 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10224 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10225 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10229 \begin_layout Standard
10230 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10231 its document properties.
10234 \begin_layout Standard
10235 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10236 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10237 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10238 font to emphasize text, you use an
10239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10247 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10248 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10252 \begin_layout Subsection
10253 Document Font and Font size
10254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10256 name "sub:Document-Font"
10264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10284 You can set the document fonts in the
10286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10294 Document ! Settings
10300 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10301 font shapes roman (serif),
10304 \begin_inset space ~
10316 \begin_layout Standard
10317 The possible options for the font include
10321 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10326 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10348 European Computer Modern
10351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10361 \begin_layout Standard
10370 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10371 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10376 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10379 \begin_inset space ~
10384 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10390 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10391 There are three ways to use one:
10394 \begin_layout Itemize
10395 One way is to use the
10405 Virtual means that it
10406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10417 -glyphs from other fonts.
10418 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10440 Loading the LaTeX-package
10448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10449 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10454 with the document preamble line
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10462 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10466 will fix the guillemet problem.
10471 and that accented characters are not
10475 glyph, they are build of
10479 characters, the accent and the letter.
10480 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10484 fonts for words with accented characters.
10485 If you search for example for the French word
10486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10493 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10502 and not for the glyph
10503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10507 \begin_inset space ~
10511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10517 \begin_layout Itemize
10518 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 , consists of these three main font types
10534 \begin_inset space ~
10563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10567 \begin_inset space ~
10574 as typewriter font.
10575 \begin_inset Newline newline
10578 The differences between roman,
10581 \begin_inset space ~
10590 fonts are explained in section
10591 \begin_inset space ~
10595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10597 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10602 \begin_inset Newline newline
10609 was originally designed for newspapers.
10610 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10611 into the small newspaper columns.
10616 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10619 \begin_layout Itemize
10620 The best solution is to use the
10629 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10634 In most cases they look the same as
10642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10643 One difference is improved kerning for the
10656 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10668 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10671 For the font size there are four possible values:
10688 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10691 \begin_layout Standard
10692 The font sizes are the
10697 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10698 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10699 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10702 \begin_inset space ~
10708 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10709 \begin_inset space ~
10713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10715 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10722 \begin_layout Standard
10723 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10727 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10735 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10739 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10740 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10741 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10743 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10746 dialog, see section
10747 \begin_inset space ~
10751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10753 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10765 \begin_layout Subsection
10766 Using Different Character Styles
10770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10791 certain paragraph environments.
10792 LyX supports two character styles,
10801 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10805 \begin_layout Standard
10810 style, do one of the following:
10813 \begin_layout Itemize
10814 click on the toolbar button
10815 \begin_inset Graphics
10816 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10823 \begin_layout Itemize
10824 use the key binding
10827 \begin_inset space ~
10833 \begin_layout Standard
10834 These commands are all toggles.
10839 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10842 \begin_layout Standard
10843 One typically uses the
10847 style for proper names.
10849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10856 is the original author of LyX.
10857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10864 A more widely used character style is the
10869 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10876 \begin_layout Itemize
10877 clicking on the toolbar button
10878 \begin_inset Graphics
10879 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10886 \begin_layout Itemize
10887 using the keybindings
10890 \begin_inset space ~
10896 \begin_layout Standard
10901 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10902 es use a different font.
10905 \begin_layout Standard
10906 We've been using the
10910 style all over the place in this document.
10911 Here's one more example:
10914 \begin_layout Quotation
10917 Don't overuse character styles!
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10922 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10923 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10924 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10928 \begin_layout Standard
10929 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10932 \begin_inset space ~
10939 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10941 \begin_inset space ~
10949 \begin_layout Subsection
10950 Fine-Tuning with the
10955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10957 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10974 \begin_layout Standard
10975 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10976 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10977 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10978 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10979 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10980 from ordinary dialog.
10983 \begin_layout Standard
10984 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10985 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10986 \begin_inset Newline newline
10989 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10990 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10993 \begin_layout Standard
10994 To use custom character styles, open the
10996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10998 \begin_inset space ~
11004 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11005 font property which you can choose.
11006 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11009 \begin_inset space ~
11014 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11019 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11020 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11021 environments in a snap.
11024 \begin_layout Standard
11025 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11028 \begin_inset space ~
11040 \begin_layout Labeling
11041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11055 The possible options are:
11059 \begin_layout Labeling
11060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11065 This is the Roman font family.
11066 Normally a serif font.
11067 It's also the default family.
11072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11101 \begin_inset Note Note
11104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11105 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11106 It is explained in section
11107 \begin_inset space ~
11111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11113 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11125 \begin_layout Labeling
11126 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11130 \begin_inset space ~
11137 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11156 \begin_inset space ~
11165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11175 \begin_layout Labeling
11176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11183 This is the Typewriter font family.
11190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11202 \begin_inset space ~
11211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11224 \begin_layout Labeling
11225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11230 This corresponds to the print weight.
11235 \begin_layout Labeling
11236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11241 This is the Medium font series.
11242 It's also the default series.
11245 \begin_layout Labeling
11246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11253 This is the Bold font series.
11260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11272 \begin_inset space ~
11281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11292 \begin_layout Labeling
11293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11298 As the name implies.
11303 \begin_layout Labeling
11304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11309 This is the Upright font shape.
11310 It's also the default shape.
11313 \begin_layout Labeling
11314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11328 s the Italic font shape
11334 \begin_layout Labeling
11335 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11342 This is the Slanted font shape
11344 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11347 \begin_layout Labeling
11348 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11352 \begin_inset space ~
11359 This is the Small caps font shape
11366 \begin_layout Labeling
11367 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11372 Alters the size of the font.
11373 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11374 nal to the document font size.
11375 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11376 what you want to do.
11381 \begin_layout Labeling
11382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11416 \begin_inset space ~
11425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11448 \begin_inset space ~
11457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11467 \begin_layout Labeling
11468 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11502 \begin_inset space ~
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11521 \begin_layout Labeling
11522 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11556 \begin_inset space ~
11565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11588 \begin_inset space ~
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11607 \begin_layout Labeling
11608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11642 \begin_inset space ~
11651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11674 \begin_inset space ~
11683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11693 \begin_layout Labeling
11694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11708 It's also the default size.
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11725 \begin_inset space ~
11734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11757 \begin_inset space ~
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11776 \begin_layout Labeling
11777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11811 \begin_inset space ~
11820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11843 \begin_inset space ~
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11862 \begin_layout Labeling
11863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11897 \begin_inset space ~
11906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11929 \begin_inset space ~
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11948 \begin_layout Labeling
11949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11983 \begin_inset space ~
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12002 \begin_layout Labeling
12003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12037 \begin_inset space ~
12046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12069 \begin_inset space ~
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12088 \begin_layout Labeling
12089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12123 \begin_inset space ~
12132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12155 \begin_inset space ~
12164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12175 \begin_layout Standard
12180 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12181 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12182 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12183 - use that instead.
12184 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12187 \begin_layout Labeling
12188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12193 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12198 \begin_layout Labeling
12199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12206 This is text with emphasize on
12209 This might seem like the same as
12213 , but it is actually a bit different.
12219 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12221 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12224 \begin_layout Labeling
12225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12232 This is text with Underbar on.
12239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12251 \begin_inset space ~
12260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12270 \begin_inset Newline newline
12275 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12276 when you couldn't change fonts.
12277 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12278 It's only included in LyX because some people
12282 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12285 \begin_layout Labeling
12286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12293 This is text with Noun on.
12300 , this is a logical attribute.
12301 Normally it's equivalent to
12304 \begin_inset space ~
12313 \begin_layout Labeling
12314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12319 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12320 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12324 \begin_inset space ~
12329 , which is the default
12330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12337 and means normally black, you can choose between
12373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12382 \begin_layout Labeling
12383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12388 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12389 the language of the document.
12390 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12394 \begin_layout Standard
12395 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12396 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12400 \begin_inset space ~
12405 dialog, the settings are saved.
12406 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12407 \begin_inset Graphics
12408 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12413 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12414 when the dialog isn't visible.
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12419 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12422 \begin_inset space ~
12428 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12429 (suppose you just set the shape to
12430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12448 \begin_inset space ~
12460 \begin_layout Standard
12461 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12469 \begin_inset space ~
12481 \begin_layout Itemize
12487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12494 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12512 \begin_inset Newline newline
12519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12544 \begin_inset Note Note
12547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12548 For more on phantoms see section
12549 \begin_inset space ~
12553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12555 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12565 \begin_inset Newline newline
12571 \begin_layout Itemize
12576 fonts use characters with serifs.
12577 These are the small
12578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12585 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12586 The following example will show the difference:
12587 \begin_inset Newline newline
12591 \begin_inset Newline newline
12596 text without serifs
12599 \begin_inset Newline newline
12602 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12603 They are therefore used as default font (named
12610 \begin_layout Itemize
12616 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12617 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12620 \begin_layout Standard
12621 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12622 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12625 \begin_layout Section
12626 Printing and Previewing
12629 \begin_layout Subsection
12633 \begin_layout Standard
12634 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12635 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12636 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12637 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12638 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12641 \begin_inset space ~
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12651 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12652 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12653 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12654 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12655 This happens in two stages:
12658 \begin_layout Enumerate
12659 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12660 generating a file with the extension,
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12675 \begin_layout Enumerate
12676 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12680 file to produce printable output.
12684 \begin_layout Subsection
12685 Output file formats
12689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12698 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12705 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12711 File formats ! ASCII
12719 \begin_layout Standard
12720 This file type has the extension
12721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12733 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12737 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12744 \begin_layout Standard
12745 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12747 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12748 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12760 File formats ! LaTeX
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 This file type has the extension
12770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12781 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12783 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12784 it manually with console commands.
12785 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12786 you view or export your document.
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12792 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12793 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12824 \begin_layout Standard
12825 This file type has the extension
12826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12846 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12847 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12848 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12850 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12854 \begin_layout Standard
12855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12863 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12864 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12869 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12870 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12871 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12872 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12875 \begin_layout Standard
12876 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12878 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12879 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12891 File formats ! PostScript
12899 \begin_layout Standard
12900 This file type has the extension
12901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 PostScript was developed by the company
12917 as printer language.
12918 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12920 PostScript can be seen as
12921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12924 programming language
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12928 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12933 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12943 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12953 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12956 \begin_layout Standard
12957 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12961 Encapsulated PostScript
12962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12965 (EPS, file extension
12966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12978 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12979 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12980 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12981 whenever you view or export your document.
12982 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12983 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12984 EPS to avoid this problem.
12987 \begin_layout Standard
12988 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12990 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12991 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022 This file type has the extension
13023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13039 Portable Document Format
13040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13043 (PDF) is developed by
13047 as derivative from PostScript.
13048 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13057 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13058 looks exactly the same.
13061 \begin_layout Standard
13062 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13066 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13070 (JPG, file extension
13071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13098 Portable Network Graphics
13099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13102 (PNG, file extension
13103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13115 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13116 in the background to one of these formats.
13117 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13118 will slow down your workflow.
13119 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13122 \begin_layout Standard
13123 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13125 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 in three different ways:
13131 \begin_layout Description
13132 PDF This uses the program
13136 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13137 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13141 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13142 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13145 \begin_layout Description
13147 \begin_inset space ~
13150 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13154 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13158 \begin_layout Description
13160 \begin_inset space ~
13163 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13167 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13170 \begin_layout Standard
13171 We recommend to use
13174 \begin_inset space ~
13183 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13189 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13192 \begin_layout Subsection
13197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13206 \begin_layout Standard
13207 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13208 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13212 and choose a file type.
13213 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13216 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13219 you can use the toolbar button
13220 \begin_inset Graphics
13221 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13231 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13233 \begin_inset space ~
13239 \begin_inset Graphics
13240 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13246 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13250 \begin_inset Graphics
13251 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13262 \begin_layout Standard
13263 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13264 viewer window using the menu
13266 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13272 \begin_layout Standard
13273 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13275 To have a real output, export your document.
13278 \begin_layout Subsection
13279 Printing the File from within LyX
13280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13282 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13291 it directly from within LyX.
13292 To print a file, select the menu
13294 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13297 or click on the toolbar button
13298 \begin_inset Graphics
13299 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13304 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13305 This file is then processed by the program
13309 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13314 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13317 \begin_layout Standard
13318 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13319 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13320 printing one set to print on the other side.
13321 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13322 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13323 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13326 \begin_layout Standard
13327 You can set the parameters in the
13330 \begin_inset space ~
13338 \begin_layout Labeling
13339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13344 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13349 Note that this printer name is for the program
13358 has to be configured for this printer name.
13359 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13360 \begin_inset space ~
13364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13366 reference "sub:Printer"
13375 The printer should understand PostScript.
13378 \begin_layout Labeling
13379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13384 The name of a file to print to.
13385 The output will be a PostScript file.
13386 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13390 \begin_layout Section
13391 A few Words about Typography
13395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13404 \begin_layout Subsection
13409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13425 \begin_layout Standard
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13453 \begin_layout Enumerate
13455 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13459 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13477 \begin_layout Enumerate
13479 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_layout Enumerate
13516 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13520 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13564 \begin_layout Enumerate
13566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13570 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13592 \begin_layout Standard
13593 You generate them by inserting the
13594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13605 character multiple times in a row.
13606 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13607 final output, but not in LyX.
13610 \begin_layout Standard
13611 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13612 math mode and has a length of its own.
13613 Here are some examples of the
13614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13628 \begin_layout Enumerate
13629 line- and page-breaks
13630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13640 \begin_layout Enumerate
13642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13652 \begin_layout Enumerate
13653 Oh --- there's a dash.
13654 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13664 \begin_layout Enumerate
13665 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13669 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13679 \begin_layout Subsection
13684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13693 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13700 \begin_layout Standard
13701 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13702 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13711 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13716 following the rules of the document language
13720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13721 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13729 \begin_inset space ~
13733 \begin_inset space ~
13740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13751 \begin_layout Standard
13752 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13757 and with unusual constructs, like
13758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13766 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13767 This is done with the menu
13769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13770 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13772 \begin_inset space ~
13778 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13779 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13782 \begin_layout Standard
13783 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13784 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13785 a hyphen and a space in the form
13786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13794 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13802 as hyphenation possibility.
13803 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13804 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13805 of the LaTeX-box-command
13811 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13812 As LyX doesn't support
13818 , we have to use TeX Code.
13819 The result looks in LyX like:
13822 \begin_layout Standard
13823 \begin_inset Graphics
13824 filename clipart/mbox.png
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13833 \begin_inset space ~
13837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13839 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13846 \begin_layout Subsection
13851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13861 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13864 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13871 \begin_layout Standard
13872 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13873 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13874 LaTeX then adds the
13875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13878 appropriate amount of space
13879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13883 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13885 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13888 \begin_layout Standard
13889 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13903 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13904 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 Here are some examples of
13912 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13915 \begin_layout Itemize
13920 \begin_layout Itemize
13925 \begin_layout Standard
13926 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13929 \begin_layout Itemize
13932 this is too much space!
13935 \begin_layout Itemize
13940 \begin_layout Standard
13941 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13944 \begin_layout Standard
13945 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13948 \begin_layout Enumerate
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13957 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13973 Spaces ! inter-word
13981 \begin_layout Enumerate
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13990 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13991 \begin_inset space ~
13995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13997 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14014 \begin_layout Enumerate
14018 \begin_inset space ~
14022 \begin_inset space ~
14026 \begin_inset space ~
14033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14035 \begin_inset space ~
14040 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14041 This function is also bound to
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14049 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14052 \begin_layout Itemize
14054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14058 \begin_inset space \space{}
14061 this is too much space!
14064 \begin_layout Itemize
14065 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14069 \begin_layout Standard
14070 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14071 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14072 LaTeX will care about this.
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14080 \begin_inset space ~
14085 feature described in section
14096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14102 Typography ! Quotes
14111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14149 \begin_layout Standard
14150 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14151 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14152 and use a closing quote at the end.
14154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14162 The keyboard character,
14166 , generates this automatically.
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14170 You can change the behavior of the
14174 key using the submenu
14180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14188 Document ! Settings
14196 \begin_layout Standard
14197 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14202 There are six choices:
14205 \begin_layout Labeling
14206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14218 Use quotes like this
14219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14227 \begin_inset Quotes els
14231 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14237 \begin_layout Labeling
14238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14241 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14245 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14251 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14255 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14259 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14265 \begin_layout Labeling
14266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14269 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14273 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14279 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14283 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14287 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14291 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14297 \begin_layout Labeling
14298 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14301 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14305 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14311 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14315 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14319 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14323 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14329 \begin_layout Labeling
14330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14333 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14337 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14343 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14347 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14351 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14355 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14361 \begin_layout Labeling
14362 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14365 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14369 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14375 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14379 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14383 \begin_inset Quotes als
14387 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 These settings affects what character the
14401 \begin_layout Subsection
14406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14407 Typography ! Ligatures
14416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14447 name "sub:Ligatures"
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14456 print them as single characters.
14457 These groups are known as
14462 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14464 Here are the standard ligatures:
14467 \begin_layout Itemize
14471 \begin_layout Itemize
14475 \begin_layout Itemize
14479 \begin_layout Itemize
14483 \begin_layout Itemize
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14488 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14491 \begin_layout Standard
14492 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14493 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14501 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14517 To break a ligature, use
14519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14520 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14522 \begin_inset space ~
14529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14540 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14557 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14565 \begin_layout Subsection
14570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14579 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14586 \begin_layout Standard
14587 You have surely noticed, that the word
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14596 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14597 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 \begin_inset Note Note
14620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14621 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14630 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14635 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14639 \begin_layout Description
14640 LyX The name of the game, write
14641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 \begin_layout Description
14663 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14685 \begin_layout Description
14686 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14708 \begin_layout Description
14709 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14731 \begin_layout Standard
14732 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14737 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14745 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14746 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14747 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14750 : The actual version is
14751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14758 , the previous one was
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14769 \begin_layout Standard
14770 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14771 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14773 This will look in LyX like:
14774 \begin_inset Graphics
14775 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14780 \begin_inset Newline newline
14783 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14790 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14797 \begin_layout Subsection
14802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14811 \begin_layout Standard
14812 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14813 space between two words.
14814 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14824 for units use the menu
14826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14827 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14829 \begin_inset space ~
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14842 Here's an example to show the differences:
14845 \begin_layout Standard
14846 \begin_inset Tabular
14847 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14849 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14850 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14857 \begin_inset space ~
14861 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14873 space between number and unit
14880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14885 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14889 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14901 half space between number and unit
14914 \begin_layout Subsection
14919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14920 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14935 \begin_layout Standard
14936 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14938 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14939 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14940 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14941 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14942 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14943 These bits of text became known as
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14955 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14956 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14957 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14958 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14959 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14960 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14961 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14964 \begin_layout Standard
14965 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14966 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14967 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14968 \begin_inset space ~
14972 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14974 key "latexcompanion"
14979 \begin_inset space ~
14983 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14989 ] may have more information.
14990 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14993 \begin_layout Chapter
14994 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14997 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15004 \begin_layout Standard
15005 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15010 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15013 \begin_layout Section
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15038 \begin_layout Description
15040 \begin_inset space ~
15043 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15044 \begin_inset Newline newline
15048 \begin_inset Note Note
15051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15052 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15060 \begin_layout Description
15061 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15062 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15064 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15065 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15066 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15069 \begin_inset Newline newline
15073 \begin_inset Note Comment
15076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15077 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15085 \begin_layout Description
15087 \begin_inset space ~
15090 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15091 \begin_inset Newline newline
15095 \begin_inset Newline newline
15099 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15108 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15109 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15110 How this can be done is explained in the
15119 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15125 \begin_inset Newline newline
15129 \begin_inset Newline newline
15132 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15133 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15137 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15138 \begin_inset Graphics
15139 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15141 scaleBeforeRotation
15147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15151 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15154 \begin_layout Section
15159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15168 name "sec:Footnotes"
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15182 or the toolbar button
15183 \begin_inset Graphics
15184 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15197 \begin_inset Graphics
15198 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15207 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15236 label, the box will
15240 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15241 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15254 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15270 \begin_layout Standard
15271 Here's an example footnote:
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15280 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15288 \begin_layout Standard
15289 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15290 position where the footnote box is placed.
15291 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15292 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15293 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15294 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15295 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15300 ey are described in the
15307 \begin_layout Section
15312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15321 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15329 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15330 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15334 \begin_inset space ~
15339 or the toolbar button
15340 \begin_inset Graphics
15341 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15368 appearing within your text.
15369 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15378 \begin_layout Standard
15379 At the side is an example marginal note.
15383 \begin_inset Marginal
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15387 This is a marginal note.
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15396 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15397 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15398 pages, right on odd pages.
15401 \begin_layout Section
15402 Graphics and Images
15406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15425 name "sec:Graphics"
15432 \begin_layout Standard
15433 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15434 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15435 \begin_inset Graphics
15436 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15446 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15450 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15455 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15456 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15458 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15459 \begin_inset space ~
15463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15465 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15477 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15478 of the image in the output.
15479 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15483 \begin_inset space ~
15487 \begin_inset space ~
15496 \begin_inset space ~
15500 \begin_inset space ~
15504 \begin_inset space ~
15509 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15510 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15521 LaTeX and LyX options
15523 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15524 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15528 \begin_inset space ~
15533 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15534 with the image size is printed.
15538 \begin_inset space ~
15542 \begin_inset space ~
15546 \begin_inset space ~
15551 is explained in the
15562 \begin_layout Standard
15563 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15564 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15566 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15572 \begin_inset Graphics
15573 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15575 rotateOrigin center
15582 \begin_layout Standard
15583 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15584 the image into a float, see section
15585 \begin_inset space ~
15589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15591 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15598 \begin_layout Subsection
15603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15612 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15619 \begin_layout Standard
15620 You can insert images in any known file format.
15621 But as we explained in section
15622 \begin_inset space ~
15626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15628 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15632 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15633 LyX uses therefore the program
15637 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15638 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15639 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15640 \begin_inset space ~
15644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15646 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15653 \begin_layout Standard
15654 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15657 \begin_layout Description
15659 \begin_inset space ~
15662 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15663 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15664 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15668 Graphics Interchange Format
15669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15672 (GIF, file extension
15673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15720 Portable Network Graphics
15721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15724 (PNG, file extension
15725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15772 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15776 (JPG, file extension
15777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15835 \begin_layout Description
15837 \begin_inset space ~
15840 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15842 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15843 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15844 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15845 \begin_inset Newline newline
15848 Scalable image formats can be
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15852 Scalable Vector Graphics
15853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15856 (SVG, file extension
15857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15904 Encapsulated PostScript
15905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15908 (EPS, file extension
15909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15956 Portable Document Format
15957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15960 (PDF, file extension
15961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15984 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15985 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15999 \begin_layout Standard
16000 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16004 \begin_layout Subsection
16005 Grouping of Image Settings
16009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16010 Images ! Settings grouping
16018 \begin_layout Standard
16019 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16021 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16022 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16024 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16025 need to manually change each of them.
16029 \begin_layout Standard
16030 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16033 \begin_inset space ~
16037 \begin_inset space ~
16042 field in the Graphics dialog.
16043 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16044 by checking the name of the desired group.
16047 \begin_layout Section
16052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16068 \begin_layout Standard
16069 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16070 \begin_inset Graphics
16071 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16082 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16083 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16084 from the rest of the table.
16085 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16086 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16088 Here's an example table:
16091 \begin_layout Standard
16093 \begin_inset Tabular
16094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16299 \begin_layout Subsection
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16304 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16305 brings up the table dialog.
16306 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16307 where the cursor is placed currently.
16308 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16309 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16310 done on all of your selection.
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16314 Additionally to the table dialog the
16317 \begin_inset space ~
16322 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16324 It is for example currently only possible to add
16325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16332 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16339 \begin_inset space ~
16344 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16345 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16346 current cell respectively.
16347 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16349 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16350 of text, see section
16351 \begin_inset space ~
16355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16357 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16364 \begin_layout Standard
16365 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16371 This will merge the cells to
16375 cell, spread over more than one column.
16376 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16377 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16378 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16379 in the last row without the upper border:
16382 \begin_layout Standard
16384 \begin_inset Tabular
16385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16386 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16388 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16401 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16486 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 \begin_layout Standard
16522 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16523 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16524 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16525 explained in the tables section of the
16528 \begin_inset space ~
16534 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16535 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16538 degrees counterclockwise.
16539 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16542 \begin_layout Standard
16543 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16551 Most DVI-viewers are
16555 able to display rotations.
16563 \begin_layout Standard
16568 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16573 adds lines for all cell borders.
16576 \begin_layout Subsection
16581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16582 Tables ! Longtables
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16601 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16604 \begin_inset space ~
16608 \begin_inset space ~
16617 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16618 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16621 \begin_layout Description
16626 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16627 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16628 except for the first page, if
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16639 \begin_layout Description
16643 \begin_inset space ~
16648 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16649 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16652 \begin_layout Description
16657 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16658 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16659 except for the last page, if
16662 \begin_inset space ~
16670 \begin_layout Description
16674 \begin_inset space ~
16679 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16680 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16683 \begin_layout Description
16684 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16685 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16691 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16694 \begin_inset space ~
16702 \begin_layout Standard
16703 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16704 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16705 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16706 The others will then be defined as
16711 In this context, first means first in this order:
16714 \begin_inset space ~
16726 \begin_inset space ~
16732 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16735 \begin_layout Standard
16737 \begin_inset Tabular
16738 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16739 <features islongtable="true">
16740 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16741 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16742 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16743 <row endfirsthead="true">
16744 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <row endfirsthead="true">
16775 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16795 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <row endhead="true">
16808 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <row endhead="true">
16839 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <row endfoot="true">
16872 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16892 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16923 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <row endlastfoot="true">
18854 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 \begin_layout Subsection
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18905 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18912 \begin_layout Standard
18913 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18914 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18915 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18916 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18920 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18921 for the cell's paragraph.
18924 \begin_layout Standard
18925 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18926 for the column in the table dialog.
18927 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18928 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18932 \begin_layout Standard
18934 \begin_inset Tabular
18935 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18938 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 This is longer now.
19089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19141 This is longer now.
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 \begin_layout Standard
19173 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19174 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19179 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19180 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19186 Selection with the mouse or with
19190 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19191 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19192 the selection from outside the table.
19195 \begin_layout Section
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19216 \begin_layout Standard
19217 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19218 have a fixed location.
19220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19227 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19235 \begin_inset space ~
19240 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19241 too much notes at the page.
19244 \begin_layout Standard
19245 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19246 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19247 and pages without text.
19248 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19249 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19250 Floats are therefore numbered.
19251 Referencing is described in section
19252 \begin_inset space ~
19256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19258 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19265 \begin_layout Standard
19266 To insert a float, use the menu
19268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19272 A box with a caption that has e.
19273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19277 \begin_inset space ~
19281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19285 \begin_inset space ~
19289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19292 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19293 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19295 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19305 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19306 paragraph within the float.
19307 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19308 by left-clicking on the box label.
19309 A closed float box looks like this:
19310 \begin_inset Graphics
19311 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19316 -- a gray button with a red label.
19319 \begin_layout Standard
19320 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19321 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19324 \begin_layout Subsection
19328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 Floats ! Figure floats
19340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19342 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19349 \begin_layout Standard
19352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19353 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19356 inserts a float with the label
19357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19363 \begin_inset space ~
19369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19373 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19374 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19375 This is what we did for Figure
19376 \begin_inset space ~
19380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19382 reference "cap:Platypus"
19387 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19388 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19389 This was done in Figure
19390 \begin_inset space ~
19394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19396 reference "cap:Escher"
19403 \begin_layout Standard
19404 \begin_inset Float figure
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 \begin_inset Graphics
19412 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19414 rotateOrigin center
19421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 \begin_inset Caption
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19427 name "cap:Platypus"
19431 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19444 \begin_layout Standard
19445 \begin_inset Float figure
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 \begin_inset Caption
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19471 \begin_inset Graphics
19472 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19474 rotateOrigin center
19486 \begin_layout Standard
19487 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19489 As described in section
19490 \begin_inset space ~
19494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19496 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19500 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19505 and refer to it using the menu
19507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19511 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19520 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19532 \begin_layout Standard
19533 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19534 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19535 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19536 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19538 \begin_inset space ~
19542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19544 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19548 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19549 You can also set the images one below the other.
19551 \begin_inset space ~
19555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19557 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19564 reference "fig:Platypus"
19568 are the subfigures.
19571 \begin_layout Standard
19572 \begin_inset Float figure
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19582 \begin_inset Float figure
19587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 \begin_inset Caption
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19593 name "fig:Undefinable"
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 \begin_inset Graphics
19607 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19622 \begin_inset Float figure
19627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 \begin_inset Caption
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19633 name "fig:Platypus"
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 \begin_inset Graphics
19647 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19666 \begin_inset Caption
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19671 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19675 Two distorted images.
19688 \begin_layout Standard
19689 Note that the caption is added to the
19692 \begin_inset space ~
19696 \begin_inset space ~
19701 as described in section
19702 \begin_inset space ~
19706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19708 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 Floats ! Table floats
19727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19729 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19737 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19740 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19744 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19747 \begin_inset space ~
19751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19753 reference "cap:Table-float"
19757 is an example of a table float.
19760 \begin_layout Standard
19761 \begin_inset Float table
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 \begin_inset Caption
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19772 name "cap:Table-float"
19784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 \begin_inset Tabular
19787 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19790 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19791 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19941 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19962 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19983 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19997 \begin_layout Standard
19998 This float type is inserted with the menu
20000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20001 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20005 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20006 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20010 , described in section
20011 \begin_inset space ~
20015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20017 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20024 \begin_layout Standard
20025 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20039 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20042 \begin_layout Standard
20047 floatname{algorithm}{your
20048 \begin_inset space ~
20054 \begin_layout Standard
20055 to the document preamble (menu
20057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20064 \begin_inset space ~
20070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20098 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20105 \begin_layout Standard
20106 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 \begin_inset Graphics
20115 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20117 rotateOrigin center
20124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 \begin_inset Caption
20127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20130 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20134 This is a wrapped figure.
20135 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20148 This float type is used if you want to
20149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20156 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20158 It can be inserted using the menu
20160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20161 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20163 \begin_inset space ~
20168 if the LaTeX-package
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20190 \begin_inset space ~
20200 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20203 \begin_inset space ~
20207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20209 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20213 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20222 Available units are explained in Appendix
20223 \begin_inset space ~
20227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20229 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20238 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20251 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20252 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20253 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20254 over some other text.
20262 \begin_layout Itemize
20263 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20264 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20265 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20266 breaks will appear.
20269 \begin_layout Itemize
20270 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20271 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20274 \begin_layout Itemize
20275 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20276 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20279 \begin_layout Itemize
20280 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20283 \begin_layout Subsection
20285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20287 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20304 \begin_layout Standard
20305 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20306 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20310 \begin_inset space ~
20318 \begin_layout Standard
20319 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20320 have a multi-column document).
20321 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20324 \begin_inset space ~
20330 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20331 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20338 \begin_layout Standard
20339 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20340 format is also the same: Table
20341 \begin_inset space ~
20345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20347 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20351 is an example of a rotated table float.
20354 \begin_layout Standard
20355 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20371 \begin_layout Standard
20372 \begin_inset Float table
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 \begin_inset Caption
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20383 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20397 \begin_inset Tabular
20398 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20400 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20401 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20402 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20404 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 \begin_layout Subsection
20466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20468 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20485 \begin_layout Standard
20486 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20487 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20488 \begin_inset Newline newline
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20499 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20500 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20502 \begin_inset Newline newline
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20513 is used to rotate floats, see section
20514 \begin_inset space ~
20518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20520 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20527 \begin_layout Standard
20528 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20529 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20544 \begin_layout Description
20546 \begin_inset space ~
20550 \begin_inset space ~
20553 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20556 \begin_layout Description
20558 \begin_inset space ~
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20565 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20568 \begin_layout Description
20570 \begin_inset space ~
20574 \begin_inset space ~
20577 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20580 \begin_layout Description
20582 \begin_inset space ~
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20589 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 The order of the above option is
20598 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20602 \begin_inset space ~
20606 \begin_inset space ~
20614 \begin_inset space ~
20618 \begin_inset space ~
20623 , and then the others.
20624 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20626 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20627 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20631 By default, each options has its own rules:
20634 \begin_layout Standard
20638 \begin_inset space ~
20642 \begin_inset space ~
20647 only floats occupying less than 70
20648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20651 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20658 \begin_inset space ~
20662 \begin_inset space ~
20667 : only floats occupying less than 30
20668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20671 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20674 \begin_layout Standard
20678 \begin_inset space ~
20682 \begin_inset space ~
20687 : only if more than 50
20688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20691 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20695 \begin_layout Standard
20696 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20700 \begin_inset space ~
20704 \begin_inset space ~
20712 \begin_layout Standard
20713 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20714 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20715 For this case you can use the option
20718 \begin_inset space ~
20724 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20726 Because the float is then no longer able to
20727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20734 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20737 \begin_layout Standard
20738 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20739 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20743 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20745 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20747 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20754 \begin_layout Section
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20768 name "sec:Minipages"
20775 \begin_layout Standard
20776 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20778 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20793 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20794 and its alignment within the page.
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20799 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20808 height_special "totalheight"
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20814 This is a minipage.
20815 The text is set in an italic style.
20818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20821 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20822 another formatting.
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20834 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20838 as described in section
20839 \begin_inset space ~
20843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20845 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20850 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20856 \begin_layout Standard
20857 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20866 height_special "totalheight"
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20871 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20881 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20890 height_special "totalheight"
20893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20895 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20903 \begin_layout Standard
20904 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20910 \begin_layout Standard
20911 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20912 to other box types.
20913 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20924 \begin_layout Chapter
20925 Mathematical Formulas
20929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20970 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20983 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20986 \begin_layout Section
20991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 \begin_layout Standard
21001 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21002 \begin_inset Graphics
21003 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21008 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21010 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21011 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21012 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21020 \begin_layout Standard
21021 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21025 \begin_inset space ~
21030 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21033 \begin_layout Standard
21034 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21035 line, like this one:
21038 \begin_layout Standard
21039 This is a line with an inline formula
21040 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21047 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21049 \begin_inset Formula \[
21054 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21057 \begin_layout Standard
21058 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21074 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21075 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21079 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21082 \begin_inset space ~
21090 \begin_layout Subsection
21091 Navigating in Formulas
21095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21106 achieved with the arrow keys.
21107 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21108 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21113 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21114 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21118 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21122 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21124 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21132 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21137 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21138 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21141 \begin_layout Standard
21146 , printed in this document as
21147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21168 \begin_inset Note Note
21171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21172 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21173 space character (visible space).
21178 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21179 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21180 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21185 For example, if you want
21186 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21240 , since in the latter case only the
21243 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21248 will be under the square root sign:
21249 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21255 \begin_layout Standard
21256 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21258 \begin_inset Formula \[
21259 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21262 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21266 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21267 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21270 \begin_layout Subsection
21274 \begin_layout Standard
21275 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21276 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21280 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21281 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21282 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21283 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21284 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21287 \begin_layout Subsection
21288 Exponents and Subscripts
21292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21311 \begin_layout Standard
21312 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21313 way is to use a command.
21315 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21318 , type in a formula
21324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21340 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21346 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21350 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21371 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21380 , you have to use an extra
21384 to separate the hat and the character.
21387 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21408 Subscripts are similar: To get
21409 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21432 \begin_layout Subsection
21437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21446 \begin_layout Standard
21447 Create a fraction with either the command
21454 \begin_inset Graphics
21455 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21463 \begin_inset space ~
21469 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21470 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21471 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21476 To move back up, press
21481 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21482 \begin_inset Formula \[
21483 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21485 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21492 \begin_layout Subsection
21497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21507 Roots can be created using the
21510 \begin_inset space ~
21516 \begin_inset Graphics
21517 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21540 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21546 produces always a square root.
21549 \begin_layout Subsection
21550 Operators with Limits
21554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21573 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21582 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21586 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21589 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21590 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21591 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21592 The sum operator will automatically place its
21593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21600 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21603 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21607 \begin_inset Formula \[
21608 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21612 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21616 \begin_layout Standard
21617 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21619 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21620 behind the operator and hitting
21626 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21627 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21629 \begin_inset space ~
21633 \begin_inset space ~
21641 \begin_layout Standard
21642 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21650 feature as addition, such as
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21661 \begin_inset Formula \[
21662 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21666 which will place the
21667 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21679 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21680 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21686 \begin_layout Standard
21687 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21694 Have a look at section
21695 \begin_inset space ~
21699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21701 reference "sub:Functions"
21705 for an explanation of function macros.
21708 \begin_layout Subsection
21713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21722 \begin_layout Standard
21723 Most math symbols can be found in the
21726 \begin_inset space ~
21731 under one of several categories; including
21748 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21752 \begin_layout Standard
21753 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21754 you don't have to use the
21757 \begin_inset space ~
21762 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21763 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21766 \begin_layout Subsection
21771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21780 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21797 \begin_inset space ~
21803 \begin_inset Graphics
21804 filename ../images/math/space.png
21809 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21810 Here a example for the sequence
21815 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21819 \begin_inset Graphics
21820 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21825 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21826 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21827 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21828 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21843 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21849 \begin_layout Standard
21859 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21865 \begin_layout Subsection
21870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21879 name "sub:Functions"
21886 \begin_layout Standard
21890 \begin_inset space ~
21895 contains under the button
21896 \begin_inset Graphics
21897 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21901 a number of functions, such as
21902 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21906 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21914 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21921 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21922 avoid confusions, because
21923 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21927 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21933 \begin_layout Standard
21934 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21936 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21940 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21946 \begin_layout Standard
21947 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21948 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21949 \begin_inset space ~
21953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21955 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21962 \begin_layout Subsection
21967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21976 \begin_layout Standard
21977 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21979 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21980 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21982 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21985 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21986 Our example is entered by typing
21994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 \begin_inset space ~
22011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22013 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22017 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22020 \begin_layout Standard
22021 \begin_inset Float table
22026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22027 \begin_inset Caption
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22032 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22036 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 \begin_inset Tabular
22047 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22189 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22243 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22297 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22405 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22459 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22513 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22567 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22612 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22637 \begin_inset space ~
22643 \begin_inset Graphics
22644 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22648 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22652 \begin_layout Section
22653 Brackets and Delimiters
22657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22676 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22683 \begin_layout Standard
22684 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22685 For most purposes, using just the keys
22690 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22691 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22694 \begin_inset space ~
22700 \begin_inset Graphics
22701 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22706 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22708 \begin_inset Formula \[
22709 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22711 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22715 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22716 \begin_inset Formula \[
22717 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22724 \begin_layout Standard
22725 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22726 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22729 \begin_layout Standard
22730 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22731 left side and right side.
22732 If you use the option
22735 \begin_inset space ~
22740 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22741 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22742 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22743 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22746 \begin_layout Standard
22747 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22748 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22749 inside the brackets.
22750 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22755 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22759 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22770 \begin_layout Section
22775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22784 name "sec:Grouping"
22791 \begin_layout Standard
22792 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22793 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 \begin_inset Formula \[
22806 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22829 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22830 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22831 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22834 \begin_layout Section
22835 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22860 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22869 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22872 \begin_inset space ~
22878 \begin_inset Graphics
22879 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22884 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22885 Here is an example:
22886 \begin_inset Formula \[
22887 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22890 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22894 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22895 \begin_inset space ~
22899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22901 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22906 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22907 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22908 This alignment is set in the box
22913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22961 for every column as default.
22962 For example, the sequence
22963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22974 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22975 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22976 corresponds to the relevant column.
22977 The result will look like this:
22978 \begin_inset Formula \[
22980 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22981 column & has & has\, right\\
22982 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22994 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22995 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22997 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23004 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23005 It can be created with the menu
23007 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23008 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23010 \begin_inset space ~
23023 \begin_inset Formula \[
23027 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23034 \begin_layout Standard
23035 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23038 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23046 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23055 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23063 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23064 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23065 A new row is created by every further hit of
23073 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23074 Here is an example:
23075 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23076 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23077 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23081 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23082 where you want to start the shift and hit
23087 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23088 position to the next column.
23089 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23090 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23091 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23092 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23100 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23107 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23108 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23111 reference "eq:asquared"
23116 The other types are described in section
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23123 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23130 \begin_layout Section
23131 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23136 Math ! Formula numbering
23145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23146 Math ! Referencing formulas
23152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23154 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23162 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23165 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23167 \begin_inset space ~
23175 \begin_inset space ~
23181 The formula number appears in LyX as
23182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23189 within parentheses.
23191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23198 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23200 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23201 the document class.
23202 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23203 separated by a dot:
23204 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23205 1+1=2\end{equation}
23212 \begin_inset space ~
23217 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23218 You can only number displayed formulas.
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23222 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23224 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23225 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23227 \begin_inset space ~
23231 \begin_inset space ~
23235 \begin_inset space ~
23243 \begin_inset space ~
23248 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23249 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23251 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23252 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23256 To number all lines use the shortcut
23259 \begin_inset space ~
23267 \begin_layout Standard
23268 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23271 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23272 A label is inserted with the menu
23274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23277 when the cursor is in the formula.
23278 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23279 It is recommended to use the proposed
23280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23291 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23292 type when you have many labels in your document.
23293 We inserted in the following example the label
23294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23301 in the second line:
23302 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23303 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23304 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23308 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23309 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23319 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23321 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23323 \begin_inset space ~
23329 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23330 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23331 as the formula number:
23334 \begin_layout Standard
23335 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23338 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23345 \begin_layout Standard
23346 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23347 \begin_inset space ~
23351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23353 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23358 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23364 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23369 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23377 \begin_layout Section
23378 User defined math macros
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23391 name "sec:math-macros"
23398 \begin_layout Standard
23399 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23400 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23401 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23403 \begin_inset Newline newline
23406 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23407 \begin_inset Formula \[
23408 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23412 The general form of its solution is:
23413 \begin_inset Formula \[
23414 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23421 \begin_layout Standard
23422 The macro should print the parameters
23423 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23427 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23431 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23434 like in the equation above.
23437 \begin_layout Standard
23438 A macro is created by executing the command
23441 \begin_layout Standard
23448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 \begin_inset space ~
23475 \begin_inset space ~
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23482 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23483 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23484 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23485 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23490 We have three arguments and name the macro
23491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23498 , so that the command is:
23501 \begin_layout Standard
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 \begin_layout Standard
23534 This results in the following macro definition box:
23535 \begin_inset Graphics
23536 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23541 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23542 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23543 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23547 \begin_inset Note Note
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23552 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23562 the math panel or commands.
23563 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23564 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23575 for the first argument.
23576 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23577 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23578 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23579 in LyX with its full size.
23580 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23581 In our example we insert the sequence
23582 \begin_inset Newline newline
23610 \begin_inset Newline newline
23615 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23618 \begin_layout Standard
23619 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23634 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23637 \begin_layout Standard
23639 \begin_inset Graphics
23640 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23649 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23650 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23651 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23652 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23655 \begin_layout Standard
23656 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23657 to the new definition.
23658 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23659 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23663 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23667 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23671 \begin_inset Formula \[
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23680 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23684 \begin_layout Standard
23698 \begin_inset Newline newline
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23731 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23734 \begin_layout Standard
23735 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23736 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23737 definition box in your document.
23738 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23740 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23742 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23747 \begin_layout Section
23751 \begin_layout Subsection
23756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23767 To set a font in a formula, use the
23770 \begin_inset space ~
23776 \begin_inset Graphics
23777 filename ../images/math/font.png
23781 , or enter its command, listed in table
23782 \begin_inset space ~
23786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23788 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23795 \begin_layout Standard
23796 \begin_inset Float table
23801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23802 \begin_inset Caption
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23807 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23811 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23821 \begin_inset Tabular
23822 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23857 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23884 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23911 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23944 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23971 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23998 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24032 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24059 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24093 \begin_layout Standard
24094 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24102 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24118 \begin_layout Standard
24119 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24120 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24125 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24126 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24127 Here an example where a
24128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24139 denotes the set of numbers:
24140 \begin_inset Formula \[
24141 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24148 \begin_layout Standard
24149 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24160 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24164 \begin_inset Newline newline
24167 So better don't use this feature.
24170 \begin_layout Standard
24171 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24172 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24176 \begin_inset Newline newline
24179 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24185 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24186 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24192 \begin_layout Standard
24199 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24202 \begin_layout Standard
24203 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24206 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24208 \begin_inset space ~
24216 \begin_layout Subsection
24221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24230 \begin_layout Standard
24231 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24233 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24237 \begin_inset space ~
24241 \begin_inset space ~
24249 \begin_inset space ~
24255 \begin_inset Graphics
24256 filename ../images/math/font.png
24260 (alternatively the shortcut
24263 \begin_inset space ~
24269 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24270 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24271 Here is an example:
24272 \begin_inset Formula \[
24274 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24275 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24282 \begin_layout Subsection
24287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24297 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24298 automatically chosen in most situations.
24316 For most characters,
24324 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24325 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24330 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24331 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24332 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24333 \begin_inset Graphics
24334 filename ../images/math/style.png
24339 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24340 For example, you can set
24341 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24344 , which is normally in
24353 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24357 The four styles are used in the following example:
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24361 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24365 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24369 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24373 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24379 \begin_layout Standard
24380 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24381 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24383 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24385 \begin_inset space ~
24390 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24391 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24392 will be adjusted to correspond.
24393 As example a formula in the font size
24394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24404 \begin_layout Standard
24408 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24414 \begin_layout Section
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24419 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24420 the document classes and into layout modules.
24424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24430 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24431 other than the AMS classes.
24433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24435 reference "sub:Modules"
24439 for more on layout modules.
24442 \begin_layout Section
24447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24466 \begin_layout Standard
24467 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24468 (AMS) that are in common use.
24471 \begin_layout Subsection
24472 Enabling AMS-Support
24475 \begin_layout Standard
24476 Selecting the checkbox
24479 \begin_inset space ~
24483 \begin_inset space ~
24487 \begin_inset space ~
24494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24502 Document ! Settings
24510 \begin_inset space ~
24515 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24517 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24518 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24521 \begin_layout Subsection
24523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24525 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24534 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24542 \begin_layout Standard
24543 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24544 LyX allows you to choose between
24565 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24568 \begin_layout Chapter
24572 \begin_layout Section
24577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24586 name "sec:Cross-References"
24593 \begin_layout Standard
24594 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24595 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24597 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24598 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24599 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24602 \begin_layout Enumerate
24606 \begin_layout Enumerate
24607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24609 name "enu:Second-item"
24616 \begin_layout Enumerate
24620 \begin_layout Standard
24621 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24623 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24626 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24627 \begin_inset Graphics
24628 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24634 A grey label box like this:
24635 \begin_inset Graphics
24636 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24641 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24642 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24677 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24678 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24693 \begin_layout Standard
24694 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24699 or the toolbar button
24700 \begin_inset Graphics
24701 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24707 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24708 \begin_inset Graphics
24709 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24714 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24716 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24729 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24731 Here is our cross-reference:
24734 \begin_layout Standard
24736 \begin_inset space ~
24740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24742 reference "enu:Second-item"
24749 \begin_layout Standard
24750 It is recommended to use a protected space
24754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24755 described in section
24756 \begin_inset space ~
24760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24762 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24771 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24779 \begin_layout Description
24780 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24783 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24790 \begin_layout Description
24791 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24792 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24804 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24811 \begin_layout Description
24812 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24813 \begin_inset space ~
24817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24818 LatexCommand pageref
24819 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24826 \begin_layout Description
24828 \begin_inset space ~
24832 \begin_inset space ~
24835 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24837 LatexCommand vpageref
24838 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24845 \begin_layout Description
24847 \begin_inset space ~
24851 \begin_inset space ~
24855 \begin_inset space ~
24858 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24862 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24869 \begin_layout Description
24871 \begin_inset space ~
24874 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24875 \begin_inset Newline newline
24879 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24887 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24896 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24911 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24917 \begin_inset space ~
24921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24935 \begin_layout Standard
24936 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24937 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24938 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24942 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24947 You can only use the style
24951 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24955 is always possible.
24958 \begin_layout Standard
24959 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24960 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24961 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24962 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24963 \begin_inset space ~
24967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24969 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24976 \begin_layout Standard
24980 \begin_inset space ~
24984 \begin_inset space ~
24989 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24990 The button text changes then to
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24998 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24999 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25000 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25004 \begin_layout Standard
25005 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25006 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25007 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25010 \begin_layout Standard
25011 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25012 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25015 \begin_layout Standard
25016 References are described in detail in the
25023 \begin_layout Section
25024 Table of Contents and other Listings
25028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25054 \begin_layout Subsection
25056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25058 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25066 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25069 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25071 \begin_inset space ~
25075 \begin_inset space ~
25081 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25082 If you click on it, the
25086 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25087 sections in your documents.
25088 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25090 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25093 that is described in sec.
25094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25100 reference "sec:Navigating"
25107 \begin_layout Standard
25108 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25109 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25111 \begin_inset space ~
25115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25117 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25121 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25123 \begin_inset space ~
25127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25129 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25133 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25135 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25138 \begin_layout Subsection
25139 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25142 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25151 You can insert them via the
25153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25155 \begin_inset space ~
25159 \begin_inset space ~
25165 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25168 \begin_layout Section
25169 URLs and Hyperlinks
25173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25192 \begin_layout Subsection
25194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25203 \begin_layout Standard
25204 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25214 \begin_inset Flex URL
25217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25227 \begin_layout Standard
25228 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25234 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25238 \begin_layout Standard
25239 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25247 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25255 \begin_layout Subsection
25257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25259 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25272 or with the toolbar button
25273 \begin_inset Graphics
25274 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25280 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25289 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25290 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25291 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25293 name "LyX's homepage"
25294 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25298 , an Email address like this:
25299 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25301 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25302 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25307 , or a link to a file.
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25311 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25324 to the link target.
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25328 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25329 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25330 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25331 the text style dialog.
25332 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25336 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25338 name "LyX's homepage"
25339 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25347 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25351 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25354 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25358 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25360 \begin_inset Newline newline
25368 \begin_inset Newline newline
25375 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25378 \begin_layout Section
25383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25392 name "sec:Appendices"
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25400 Appendices are created with the menu
25402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25404 \begin_inset space ~
25408 \begin_inset space ~
25414 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25415 as appendix region.
25416 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25421 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25422 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25423 and the subsection number.
25424 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25428 \begin_layout Standard
25430 \begin_inset space ~
25434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25436 reference "cha:Credits"
25441 \begin_inset space ~
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25447 reference "sub:Export"
25454 \begin_layout Section
25459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25468 name "sec:Bibliography"
25475 \begin_layout Standard
25476 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25477 You can include a bibliography database
25481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25482 Known under the name
25483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25495 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25497 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25501 , described in section
25502 \begin_inset space ~
25506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25508 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25520 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25522 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25531 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25533 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25542 , a short form of its title, as key.
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25551 or the toolbar button
25552 \begin_inset Graphics
25553 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25554 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25559 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25560 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25561 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25562 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25567 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25568 with surrounding brackets.
25573 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25574 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25586 \begin_layout Standard
25589 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25594 key "latexcompanion"
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25602 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25612 \begin_layout Subsection
25613 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25618 Bibliography ! Databases
25627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25628 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25636 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25646 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25648 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25649 your working field in a database.
25650 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25651 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25654 \begin_layout Standard
25655 The database is a text file with the file extension
25656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25667 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25668 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25669 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25671 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25676 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25678 \begin_inset Newline newline
25682 \begin_inset Flex URL
25685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25687 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25693 \begin_inset Newline newline
25696 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25699 \begin_layout Standard
25700 To use a database, use the menu
25702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25707 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25720 \begin_inset space ~
25726 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25727 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25731 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25743 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25744 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25745 take care of the layout.
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25749 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25753 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25759 \begin_layout Standard
25760 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25762 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25796 \begin_inset space ~
25802 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25811 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25818 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25819 the two methods of creating them.
25820 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25821 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25822 We used the style file
25826 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25829 \begin_layout Subsection
25830 Bibliography layout
25834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25835 Bibliography ! Layout
25843 \begin_layout Standard
25844 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25845 For this feature you need to use the option
25851 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25859 Document ! Settings
25869 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25870 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25871 in the previous section.
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25875 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25876 in the citation reference window.
25877 Here an example where we set the text
25878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25882 \begin_inset space ~
25886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25889 to appear after the reference:
25892 \begin_layout Standard
25894 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25897 key "latexcompanion"
25904 \begin_layout Section
25909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25926 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25930 \begin_inset space ~
25935 or the toolbar button
25936 \begin_inset Graphics
25937 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25955 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25956 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25957 by LyX as index entry.
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25961 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25962 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25964 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25966 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25973 \begin_layout Standard
25974 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25978 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25982 \begin_inset space ~
25986 \begin_inset space ~
25989 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25991 \begin_inset space ~
25997 A light blue box labeled
25998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26009 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26010 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26013 \begin_layout Subsection
26014 Grouping Index Entries
26018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26028 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26030 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26031 lists under the entry
26032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26040 First we create the entry
26041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26049 \begin_inset space ~
26053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26055 reference "sub:Lists"
26060 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26061 \begin_inset space ~
26065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26067 reference "sec:Itemize"
26071 , we insert the command
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26084 \begin_layout Standard
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26091 for the enumerated list in section
26092 \begin_inset space ~
26096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26098 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26105 \begin_layout Standard
26106 The exclamation mark
26107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26114 marks the grouping levels.
26115 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26116 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26117 If we don't have an index entry for
26118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26125 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26128 \begin_layout Subsection
26133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26134 Index ! Page ranges
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26143 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26145 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26146 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26148 \begin_inset space ~
26152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26154 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26164 Paragraph environments|(
26167 \begin_layout Standard
26168 and another entry at the end of section
26169 \begin_inset space ~
26173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26175 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26185 Paragraph environments|)
26188 \begin_layout Standard
26190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26213 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26214 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26215 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26216 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26217 An example is the index entry
26218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26221 Document ! Settings
26222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26228 \begin_layout Subsection
26233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26234 Index ! Cross referencing
26242 \begin_layout Standard
26243 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26244 We referred for example in the index entry
26245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26253 \begin_inset space ~
26257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26259 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26263 ) to the index entry
26264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26271 in the same section using the entry
26274 \begin_layout Standard
26277 GIF|see{Image formats}
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26281 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26282 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26283 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26286 \begin_layout Subsection
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26292 Index ! Entry order
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26301 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26302 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26303 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26308 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26310 \begin_inset space ~
26314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26316 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26325 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26326 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26355 Dummy entries ! maïs
26364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26365 Dummy entries ! maître
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26375 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26380 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26381 order maïs, maison, maître.
26382 To achieve this, we use the command
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26388 previous entry@current entry
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26392 In our case we want to have
26393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26408 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26418 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26419 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26423 \begin_layout Subsection
26428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26429 Index ! Entry layout
26437 \begin_layout Standard
26438 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26445 This is an italic dummy entry
26450 You can also format the page number using the character
26451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26458 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26459 We can write for example
26462 \begin_layout Standard
26465 italic page number:|textit
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26469 to get the page number in italic.
26473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26474 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26479 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26497 \begin_inset space ~
26503 Have a look at section
26504 \begin_inset space ~
26508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26510 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26514 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26517 \begin_layout Standard
26518 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26526 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26530 to generate the index, see section
26531 \begin_inset space ~
26535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26537 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26546 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26547 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26552 key "latexcompanion"
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26565 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26567 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26568 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26569 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26570 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26571 If so, put the following in preamble
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 into the index entry.
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26607 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26608 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26609 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26612 \begin_layout Standard
26613 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26619 \begin_inset space ~
26622 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26623 for all index entries.
26624 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26636 documentation for details,
26637 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26639 key "makeindex,xindy"
26646 \begin_layout Subsection
26651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26660 name "sub:Index-Program"
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26668 When the index entry program
26672 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26673 generation, otherwise the program
26677 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26678 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26679 dialog, see section
26680 \begin_inset space ~
26684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26686 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26691 The available options are listed and explained in
26692 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26694 key "makeindex,xindy"
26699 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26702 \begin_layout Standard
26707 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26708 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26710 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26712 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26713 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26721 \begin_layout Section
26722 Nomenclature / Glossary
26726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26767 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26775 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26776 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26780 \begin_layout Standard
26781 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26790 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26796 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26797 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26803 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26806 \begin_layout Standard
26807 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26808 and then use the menu
26810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26816 \begin_inset space ~
26821 or the toolbar button
26822 \begin_inset Graphics
26823 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26841 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26844 \begin_layout Standard
26845 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26846 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26847 The second is the description of the symbol.
26850 \begin_layout Standard
26851 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26859 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26867 \begin_layout Subsection
26868 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26873 Nomenclature ! Layout
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26882 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26886 field as LaTeX-formula.
26888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26892 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26900 \begin_inset Newline newline
26908 \begin_inset Newline newline
26914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26921 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26922 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26934 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26946 \begin_inset space ~
26950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26952 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26963 \begin_inset space ~
26968 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26969 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26974 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26981 in this document is:
26982 \begin_inset Newline newline
26987 dummy entry for the character
26992 \begin_inset Newline newline
27004 \begin_inset space ~
27014 font use the command
27043 \begin_layout Subsection
27044 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27049 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27058 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27059 the symbol definition.
27060 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27061 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27064 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27065 LatexCommand nomenclature
27067 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27074 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27078 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27079 LatexCommand nomenclature
27082 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27087 They will be sorted by
27088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27114 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27117 will be sorted before the
27121 since the character
27122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27129 is considered in sorting.
27132 \begin_layout Standard
27133 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27136 \begin_inset space ~
27141 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27142 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27144 For the given example, you can insert
27148 to this field for the
27149 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27156 will be located before
27157 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27163 \begin_layout Standard
27164 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27178 \begin_layout Subsection
27179 Nomenclature Options
27183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27184 Nomenclature ! Options
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27197 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27198 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27201 \begin_layout Description
27202 refeq Appends the phrase
27203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27218 to every nomenclature entry, where
27224 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27227 \begin_layout Description
27228 refpage Appends the phrase
27229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27244 to every nomenclature entry, where
27250 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27253 \begin_layout Description
27254 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27257 \begin_layout Standard
27258 There are furthermore the options
27302 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27307 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27308 class options list in the
27310 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27314 In this document the options
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27326 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27333 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27334 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27339 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27342 \begin_layout Description
27352 \begin_layout Description
27355 nomrefpage Like the
27362 \begin_layout Description
27365 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27374 \begin_layout Description
27378 \begin_inset space ~
27384 \begin_inset space ~
27389 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27392 \begin_layout Subsection
27393 Printing the Nomenclature
27397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27398 Nomenclature ! Printing
27406 \begin_layout Standard
27407 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27411 \begin_inset space ~
27415 \begin_inset space ~
27418 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27422 A light blue box labeled
27423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27434 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27435 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27439 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27448 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27456 For example, in order to change the name to
27460 , add the following line to the preamble:
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27471 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27475 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27482 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27483 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27494 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27500 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27501 \begin_inset space ~
27505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27507 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27512 The default value is 1
27513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27519 \begin_layout Section
27524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27535 Document ! Branches
27541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27543 name "sec:Branches"
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27551 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27552 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27553 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27554 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27557 \begin_layout Standard
27558 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27559 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27560 To create a branch, go in the
27562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27570 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27571 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27575 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27576 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27581 where you can choose a branch.
27582 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27585 \begin_layout Standard
27586 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27587 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27591 \begin_inset Branch Question
27594 \begin_layout Standard
27595 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27604 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27617 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27625 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27627 For example you can define for the question branch
27631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27632 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27633 \begin_inset space ~
27637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27639 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27661 \begin_layout Standard
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 and for the answer branch
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 \begin_inset Branch Question
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 Now it is possible to use the commands
27772 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27779 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27782 to obtain conditional output.
27783 Here is an example formula where only the
27790 \begin_inset Formula \[
27791 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27799 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27800 \begin_inset space ~
27804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27806 reference "sec:math-macros"
27813 \begin_layout Section
27818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27832 dialog provides under
27836 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27837 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27846 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27854 \begin_layout Standard
27859 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27860 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27861 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27863 You can specify in the dialog tab
27867 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27869 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27870 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27878 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27879 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27880 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27882 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27883 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27885 \begin_inset space ~
27888 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27889 \begin_inset space ~
27892 1 will only display the sections.
27895 \begin_layout Standard
27896 The header informations in the dialog tab
27900 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27901 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27906 \begin_inset space ~
27909 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27910 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27913 Automatic fill header
27915 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27916 title and author settings.
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27922 Load in fullscreen mode
27924 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27928 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27929 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27935 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27936 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27945 \begin_layout Section
27946 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27949 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27956 \begin_layout Subsection
27961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27970 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27978 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27979 constructs, but not all.
27980 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27981 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27982 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27983 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27984 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27988 \begin_layout Standard
27989 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27991 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27995 \begin_inset space ~
28000 or by the toolbar button
28001 \begin_inset Graphics
28002 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28007 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28012 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28013 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28014 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28021 , you can write the command part
28027 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28031 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28032 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28033 the following example:
28036 \begin_layout Standard
28037 \begin_inset Graphics
28038 filename clipart/ERT.png
28046 \begin_layout Standard
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28051 This is a line with a
28055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28078 \begin_layout Standard
28079 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28087 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28088 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28096 \begin_layout Subsection
28097 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28098 \begin_inset OptArg
28101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28120 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28128 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28129 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28130 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28139 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28140 every time if you know the right commands.
28142 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28143 the end of the day.
28144 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28145 all caption labels bold.
28146 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28148 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28152 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28153 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28154 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28156 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28166 As result you know that the package
28174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28175 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28181 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28183 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28189 \begin_layout Standard
28194 usepackage[options]{package name}
28197 \begin_layout Standard
28198 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28199 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28200 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28204 In your case the package name is
28209 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28214 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28215 So you add the command
28218 \begin_layout Standard
28223 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28227 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28232 For more commands provided by the
28236 package, have a look at its documentation,
28237 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28252 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28254 For example if you use a
28258 class, you don't need the package
28262 , you can instead write
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28270 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28275 \begin_layout Standard
28276 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28277 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28278 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28285 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28289 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28290 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28292 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28293 the previous section.
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28297 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28299 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28301 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28309 \begin_layout Section
28310 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28323 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28341 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28342 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28343 to break your train of thought with
28345 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28351 \begin_layout Standard
28352 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28353 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28362 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28367 as explained below, and turn on
28370 \begin_inset space ~
28377 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28383 \begin_inset space ~
28387 \begin_inset space ~
28390 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28399 Previews of an already loaded document are
28403 generated just by selecting the
28406 \begin_inset space ~
28411 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28415 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28416 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28419 \begin_inset space ~
28424 check box in the insert dialog.
28425 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28430 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28434 (on some systems named simply
28439 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28441 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28447 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28448 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28456 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28461 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28467 \begin_layout Standard
28468 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28472 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28474 \begin_inset space ~
28479 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28480 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28482 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28483 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28484 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28485 the source view window.
28488 \begin_layout Section
28490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28492 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28510 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28511 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28528 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28534 can be seen as successor of
28538 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28543 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28544 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28554 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28561 \begin_layout Standard
28564 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28567 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28568 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28569 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28570 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28571 scrolled so that it is visible.
28576 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28578 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28582 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28583 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28587 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28594 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28595 will bring an error message.
28596 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28597 specifying a different
28599 Alternative language
28601 in preferences dialog.
28604 \begin_layout Standard
28605 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28608 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28613 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28614 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28616 But you can use the
28619 \begin_inset space ~
28623 \begin_inset space ~
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28632 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28633 This does work with
28637 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28640 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28649 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28652 \begin_layout Description
28654 \begin_inset space ~
28657 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28658 should consider, e.g.
28659 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28660 This should not normally be needed.
28663 \begin_layout Description
28665 \begin_inset space ~
28668 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28669 as your personal dictionary
28672 \begin_layout Description
28674 \begin_inset space ~
28678 \begin_inset space ~
28681 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28693 \begin_layout Description
28695 \begin_inset space ~
28699 \begin_inset space ~
28702 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28711 also for the spellchecker.
28715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28716 The encodings are explained in section
28717 \begin_inset space ~
28721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28723 reference "sub:Settings"
28732 Only enable this if you use
28736 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28737 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28738 so this is disabled by default.
28741 \begin_layout Section
28746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28755 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28763 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28766 \begin_layout Standard
28767 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28770 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28773 or the toolbar button
28774 \begin_inset Graphics
28775 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28777 rotateOrigin center
28782 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28786 \begin_layout Standard
28787 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28788 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28789 cases to find related words.
28792 \begin_layout Standard
28793 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28795 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28803 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28812 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28831 \begin_layout Section
28836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28847 Document ! Change Tracking
28853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28855 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28862 \begin_layout Standard
28863 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28864 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28865 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28866 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28870 \begin_inset space ~
28873 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28875 \begin_inset space ~
28883 \begin_layout Standard
28884 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28893 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28896 \begin_inset space ~
28900 \begin_inset space ~
28913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28923 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28936 \begin_layout Standard
28937 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28943 \begin_layout Standard
28944 \begin_inset Graphics
28945 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28952 \begin_layout Standard
28953 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28960 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28964 \begin_layout Standard
28965 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28972 \begin_inset Tabular
28973 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28974 <features islongtable="true">
28975 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28976 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28982 \begin_inset Graphics
28983 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28985 rotateOrigin center
28994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29002 \begin_inset space ~
29005 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29007 \begin_inset space ~
29016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29021 \begin_inset Graphics
29022 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29024 rotateOrigin center
29033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29041 \begin_inset space ~
29044 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29046 \begin_inset space ~
29050 \begin_inset space ~
29054 \begin_inset space ~
29063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29068 \begin_inset Graphics
29069 filename ../images/change-next.png
29070 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29071 rotateOrigin center
29080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 Jumps to the next change
29090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29095 \begin_inset Graphics
29096 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29098 rotateOrigin center
29107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29115 \begin_inset space ~
29118 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29120 \begin_inset space ~
29129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29134 \begin_inset Graphics
29135 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29136 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29137 rotateOrigin center
29146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29152 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29154 \begin_inset space ~
29157 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29159 \begin_inset space ~
29168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29173 \begin_inset Graphics
29174 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29176 rotateOrigin center
29185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29191 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29193 \begin_inset space ~
29196 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29198 \begin_inset space ~
29207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29212 \begin_inset Graphics
29213 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29214 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29215 rotateOrigin center
29224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29232 \begin_inset space ~
29235 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29237 \begin_inset space ~
29241 \begin_inset space ~
29250 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29255 \begin_inset Graphics
29256 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29257 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29258 rotateOrigin center
29267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29275 \begin_inset space ~
29278 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29280 \begin_inset space ~
29284 \begin_inset space ~
29293 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29298 \begin_inset Graphics
29299 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29300 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29301 rotateOrigin center
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29317 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29319 \begin_inset space ~
29328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29333 \begin_inset Graphics
29334 filename ../images/note-next.png
29335 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29336 rotateOrigin center
29345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29351 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29353 \begin_inset space ~
29369 \begin_layout Standard
29370 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29376 \begin_layout Standard
29377 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29378 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29379 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29380 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29381 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29382 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29383 step to the next change.
29384 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29387 \begin_layout Standard
29388 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29389 to describe a change.
29392 \begin_layout Standard
29393 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29402 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29408 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29409 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29415 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29418 \begin_layout Section
29419 International Support
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29424 International support
29432 \begin_layout Standard
29433 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29434 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29435 how to set up LyX to use them:
29436 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29438 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29446 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29447 \begin_inset space ~
29451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29453 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29460 \begin_layout Subsection
29465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29476 Document ! Settings
29485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29486 Document ! Language
29494 \begin_layout Standard
29497 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29500 dialog lets you set
29502 the language and character encoding for your language.
29506 \begin_layout Standard
29507 Choose your language in the
29511 section of this dialog.
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29524 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29528 use language's default encoding
29530 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29531 For details about the different encoding options see section
29532 \begin_inset space ~
29536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29538 reference "sub:Settings"
29545 \begin_layout Subsection
29546 Keyboard mapping configuration
29547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29549 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29557 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29558 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29559 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29560 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29561 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29563 \begin_inset space ~
29567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29569 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29574 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29575 which one you want to use.
29578 \begin_layout Standard
29579 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29580 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29581 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29582 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29583 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29584 one to support the characters you want.
29585 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29592 \begin_layout Subsection
29594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29603 \begin_layout Standard
29605 \begin_inset space ~
29609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29611 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29620 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29624 \begin_layout Standard
29625 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29626 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29634 \begin_layout Itemize
29635 Even if you have selected
29641 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29644 dialog, users who have only the
29648 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29652 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29653 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29654 french quotes won't show up.
29657 \begin_layout Standard
29658 \begin_inset Float table
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29664 \begin_inset Caption
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29669 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 \begin_inset Tabular
29688 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 \begin_layout Standard
34120 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34122 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34123 also the characters from
34135 \begin_layout Itemize
34144 \begin_layout Standard
34145 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34146 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34152 \begin_layout Standard
34153 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34154 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34160 \begin_layout Standard
34161 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34168 \begin_layout Standard
34169 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34170 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34176 \begin_layout Standard
34178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34184 \begin_layout Standard
34186 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34192 \begin_layout Standard
34194 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34201 \begin_layout Itemize
34214 \begin_layout Standard
34216 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34222 \begin_layout Standard
34224 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34230 \begin_layout Standard
34232 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34238 \begin_layout Standard
34240 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34246 \begin_layout Standard
34248 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34254 \begin_layout Standard
34256 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34263 \begin_layout Standard
34264 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34265 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34266 Also make sure you're using the
34273 \begin_layout Chapter
34276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34278 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34285 \begin_layout Standard
34286 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34287 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34288 inside the user's guide.
34291 \begin_layout Section
34296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 \begin_layout Standard
34310 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34311 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34314 \begin_layout Subsection
34318 \begin_layout Standard
34319 Creates a new document.
34322 \begin_layout Subsection
34326 \begin_layout Standard
34327 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34328 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34329 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34332 \begin_layout Subsection
34336 \begin_layout Standard
34340 \begin_layout Subsection
34344 \begin_layout Standard
34345 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34346 Click there on a file to open it.
34349 \begin_layout Subsection
34353 \begin_layout Standard
34354 Closes the current document.
34357 \begin_layout Subsection
34361 \begin_layout Standard
34362 Saves the actual document.
34365 \begin_layout Subsection
34369 \begin_layout Standard
34370 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34373 \begin_layout Subsection
34377 \begin_layout Standard
34378 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34381 \begin_layout Subsection
34385 \begin_layout Standard
34386 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34387 It is described in the section
34389 Version Control in LyX
34394 \begin_inset space ~
34402 \begin_layout Subsection
34406 \begin_layout Standard
34407 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34408 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34409 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34412 \begin_layout Standard
34413 When using the menu
34416 \begin_inset space ~
34420 \begin_inset space ~
34425 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34426 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34427 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34428 will start a new paragraph.
34431 \begin_layout Subsection
34433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34442 \begin_layout Standard
34443 You can export your document to various file formats.
34444 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34445 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34446 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34449 \begin_layout Standard
34450 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34452 \begin_inset space ~
34456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34458 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34465 \begin_layout Description
34469 \begin_inset space ~
34474 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34475 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34478 \begin_layout Description
34486 \begin_layout Description
34487 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34491 \begin_layout Description
34493 \begin_inset space ~
34497 \begin_inset space ~
34500 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34504 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34512 \begin_layout Description
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34527 \begin_inset space ~
34532 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34533 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34537 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34540 \begin_layout Description
34547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 \begin_inset space ~
34560 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34561 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34569 \begin_layout Description
34571 \begin_inset space ~
34574 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34582 is replaced by the version number)
34585 \begin_layout Description
34586 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34599 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34603 \begin_layout Description
34608 PDF-format using the program
34613 \begin_layout Description
34617 \begin_inset space ~
34622 PDF-format using the program
34627 \begin_layout Description
34631 \begin_inset space ~
34636 PDF-format using the program
34641 \begin_layout Description
34645 \begin_inset space ~
34653 \begin_layout Description
34657 \begin_inset space ~
34661 \begin_inset space ~
34666 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34667 and then exported as text using the program
34672 \begin_layout Description
34677 PostScript format using the program
34682 \begin_layout Description
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34695 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34696 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34702 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34705 \begin_layout Standard
34706 If one of the menu entries
34713 \begin_inset space ~
34722 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34723 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34724 \begin_inset space ~
34728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34730 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34739 Reconfiguration of LyX
34747 \begin_layout Standard
34752 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34753 the export program.
34756 \begin_layout Subsection
34760 \begin_layout Standard
34761 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34762 or send it to a printer.
34763 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34764 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34770 For more informations have a look at section
34771 \begin_inset space ~
34775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34777 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34784 \begin_layout Subsection
34785 New and Close Window
34788 \begin_layout Standard
34789 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34790 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34793 \begin_layout Section
34798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34807 \begin_layout Subsection
34811 \begin_layout Standard
34812 Described in section
34813 \begin_inset space ~
34817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34819 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34826 \begin_layout Subsection
34827 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34830 \begin_layout Standard
34831 Described in section
34832 \begin_inset space ~
34836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34838 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34845 \begin_layout Subsection
34849 \begin_layout Standard
34850 Selects the whole document.
34853 \begin_layout Subsection
34857 \begin_layout Standard
34858 Described in section
34859 \begin_inset space ~
34863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34865 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34872 \begin_layout Subsection
34873 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34876 \begin_layout Standard
34877 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34881 \begin_layout Subsection
34885 \begin_layout Standard
34886 Described in section
34887 \begin_inset space ~
34891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34893 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34900 \begin_layout Subsection
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34906 Paragraph ! Settings
34914 \begin_layout Standard
34915 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34917 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34920 \begin_layout Standard
34921 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34922 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34925 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34931 \begin_inset space ~
34939 \begin_layout Subsection
34943 \begin_layout Standard
34944 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34945 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34946 The properties of tables are described in section
34947 \begin_inset space ~
34951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34953 reference "sec:Tables"
34957 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34958 \begin_inset space ~
34962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34964 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34971 \begin_layout Subsection
34972 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34975 \begin_layout Standard
34976 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34978 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34979 \begin_inset space ~
34983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34985 reference "sec:Nesting"
34990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34992 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34999 \begin_layout Section
35004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35013 \begin_layout Standard
35018 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35019 document with an external program.
35020 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35021 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35022 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35023 \begin_inset space ~
35027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35029 reference "sub:Export"
35034 You should at least see the menu entries
35041 \begin_inset space ~
35047 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35048 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35049 \begin_inset space ~
35053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35055 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35064 Reconfiguration of LyX
35072 \begin_layout Standard
35073 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35074 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35075 \begin_inset space ~
35079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35081 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35086 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35089 \begin_layout Standard
35090 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35093 At the bottom of the
35097 menu the opened documents are listed.
35100 \begin_layout Subsection
35101 Open/Close all Insets
35104 \begin_layout Standard
35105 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35108 \begin_layout Subsection
35109 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35112 \begin_layout Standard
35113 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35116 \begin_layout Standard
35117 More about math macros will be described in the
35124 \begin_layout Subsection
35128 \begin_layout Standard
35129 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35131 \begin_inset space ~
35135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35137 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35144 \begin_layout Subsection
35148 \begin_layout Standard
35149 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35150 opening a new view window.
35153 \begin_layout Subsection
35157 \begin_layout Standard
35158 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35159 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35160 the same document, but at different positions.
35161 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35162 or more documents the same time.
35163 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35170 \begin_layout Subsection
35174 \begin_layout Standard
35175 Closes a split view.
35178 \begin_layout Subsection
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35183 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35184 that you will see nothing than your text.
35185 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35186 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35187 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35190 \begin_layout Subsection
35192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35194 name "sub:Toolbars"
35202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 \begin_layout Standard
35212 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35213 All toolbars and the
35216 \begin_inset space ~
35221 can be turned on and off.
35226 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35238 \begin_inset space ~
35247 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35251 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35263 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35267 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35268 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35269 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35270 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35271 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35274 \begin_layout Standard
35275 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35276 \begin_inset space ~
35280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35282 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35289 \begin_layout Section
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 \begin_layout Subsection
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35309 \begin_inset space ~
35313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35315 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35326 \begin_layout Subsection
35328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35330 name "sub:Special-Character"
35337 \begin_layout Standard
35338 Here you can insert the following characters:
35341 \begin_layout Description
35342 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35343 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35344 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35346 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35354 Not all characters will be visible in the
35358 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35370 ) can display every character.
35378 \begin_layout Description
35379 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35383 \begin_layout Description
35385 \begin_inset space ~
35389 \begin_inset space ~
35392 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35393 \begin_inset space ~
35397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35399 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35406 \begin_layout Description
35408 \begin_inset space ~
35411 Quote Inserts this quote:
35412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35415 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35417 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35427 \begin_layout Description
35429 \begin_inset space ~
35432 Quote Inserts this quote:
35433 \begin_inset Quotes els
35439 \begin_layout Description
35441 \begin_inset space ~
35444 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35448 \begin_layout Description
35450 \begin_inset space ~
35453 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35457 \begin_layout Description
35459 \begin_inset space ~
35462 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35466 \begin_layout Description
35468 \begin_inset space ~
35475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35486 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35491 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35492 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35493 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35502 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35508 \begin_inset Newline newline
35511 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35515 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35523 and this Wiki-page:
35524 \begin_inset Newline newline
35528 \begin_inset Flex URL
35531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35533 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35541 \begin_layout Subsection
35545 \begin_layout Standard
35546 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35549 \begin_layout Description
35550 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35551 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35557 \begin_layout Description
35558 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35559 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35565 \begin_layout Description
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35570 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35571 \begin_inset space ~
35575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35577 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35584 \begin_layout Description
35586 \begin_inset space ~
35589 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35590 \begin_inset space ~
35594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35596 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35603 \begin_layout Description
35605 \begin_inset space ~
35608 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35609 \begin_inset space ~
35613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35615 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35622 \begin_layout Description
35624 \begin_inset space ~
35627 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35634 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35641 \begin_layout Description
35643 \begin_inset space ~
35646 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35647 \begin_inset space ~
35651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35653 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35660 \begin_layout Description
35662 \begin_inset space ~
35665 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35666 \begin_inset space ~
35670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35672 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35679 \begin_layout Description
35681 \begin_inset space ~
35684 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35685 \begin_inset space ~
35689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35691 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35698 \begin_layout Description
35700 \begin_inset space ~
35703 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35704 \begin_inset space ~
35708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35710 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35717 \begin_layout Description
35719 \begin_inset space ~
35723 \begin_inset space ~
35726 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35727 \begin_inset space ~
35731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35733 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35740 \begin_layout Description
35742 \begin_inset space ~
35745 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35746 text line to the page border, see section
35747 \begin_inset space ~
35751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35753 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35760 \begin_layout Description
35762 \begin_inset space ~
35765 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35766 \begin_inset space ~
35770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35772 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35779 \begin_layout Description
35781 \begin_inset space ~
35784 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35785 text page to the page border, described in section
35786 \begin_inset space ~
35790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35792 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35799 \begin_layout Description
35801 \begin_inset space ~
35804 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35805 \begin_inset space ~
35809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35811 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35818 \begin_layout Description
35820 \begin_inset space ~
35824 \begin_inset space ~
35827 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35828 \begin_inset space ~
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35841 \begin_layout Subsection
35845 \begin_layout Standard
35846 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35847 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35849 \begin_inset space ~
35853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35855 reference "sec:toc"
35860 The index list is described in section
35861 \begin_inset space ~
35865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35867 reference "sec:Index"
35871 , the nomenclature in section
35872 \begin_inset space ~
35876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35878 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35882 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35883 \begin_inset space ~
35887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35889 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35896 \begin_layout Subsection
35900 \begin_layout Standard
35901 To insert floats, described in section
35902 \begin_inset space ~
35906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35908 reference "sec:Floats"
35915 \begin_layout Subsection
35919 \begin_layout Standard
35920 To insert notes, described in section
35921 \begin_inset space ~
35925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35927 reference "sec:Notes"
35934 \begin_layout Subsection
35938 \begin_layout Standard
35939 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35940 \begin_inset space ~
35944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35946 reference "sec:Branches"
35953 \begin_layout Subsection
35958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35968 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35969 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35980 \begin_layout Subsection
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35994 \begin_layout Standard
35995 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35996 \begin_inset space ~
36000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36002 reference "sec:Minipages"
36007 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36018 \begin_layout Subsection
36022 \begin_layout Standard
36023 Inserts a citation as described in section
36024 \begin_inset space ~
36028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36030 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36037 \begin_layout Subsection
36041 \begin_layout Standard
36042 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36043 \begin_inset space ~
36047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36049 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36056 \begin_layout Subsection
36060 \begin_layout Standard
36061 Inserts a label as described in section
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36068 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36075 \begin_layout Subsection
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36091 Longtables ! Caption
36099 \begin_layout Standard
36100 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36101 Floats are described in section
36102 \begin_inset space ~
36106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36108 reference "sec:Floats"
36112 , captions in longtables are described in section
36123 \begin_layout Subsection
36127 \begin_layout Standard
36128 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36129 \begin_inset space ~
36133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36135 reference "sec:Index"
36142 \begin_layout Subsection
36146 \begin_layout Standard
36147 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36148 \begin_inset space ~
36152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36154 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36161 \begin_layout Subsection
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36167 Tables are described in section
36168 \begin_inset space ~
36172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36174 reference "sec:Tables"
36181 \begin_layout Subsection
36185 \begin_layout Standard
36187 Graphics are described in section
36188 \begin_inset space ~
36192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36194 reference "sec:Graphics"
36201 \begin_layout Subsection
36205 \begin_layout Standard
36206 Inserts an URL as described in section
36207 \begin_inset space ~
36211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36213 reference "sub:URLs"
36220 \begin_layout Subsection
36224 \begin_layout Standard
36225 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36226 \begin_inset space ~
36230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36232 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36239 \begin_layout Subsection
36243 \begin_layout Standard
36244 Inserts a footnote, see section
36245 \begin_inset space ~
36249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36251 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36258 \begin_layout Subsection
36262 \begin_layout Standard
36263 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36264 \begin_inset space ~
36268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36270 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36277 \begin_layout Subsection
36281 \begin_layout Standard
36282 Inserts a short title, see section
36283 \begin_inset space ~
36287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36289 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36296 \begin_layout Subsection
36300 \begin_layout Standard
36301 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36302 \begin_inset space ~
36306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36308 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36315 \begin_layout Subsection
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36329 \begin_layout Standard
36330 Inserts a program listings box.
36331 Program listings are explained in chapter
36333 Program Code Listings
36342 \begin_layout Subsection
36346 \begin_layout Standard
36347 Inserts the actual date.
36348 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36350 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36360 There the different methods are also compared.
36363 \begin_layout Section
36368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36377 \begin_layout Standard
36378 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36379 \begin_inset space ~
36382 of the current document.
36383 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36386 \begin_layout Subsection
36390 \begin_layout Standard
36391 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36392 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36395 \begin_inset space ~
36399 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36400 \begin_inset space ~
36403 2.5 and use the menu
36406 \begin_inset space ~
36410 \begin_inset space ~
36417 \begin_inset space ~
36423 \begin_inset space ~
36427 \begin_inset space ~
36433 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36445 \begin_layout Standard
36446 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36447 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36450 \begin_layout Subsection
36451 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36454 \begin_layout Standard
36455 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36459 \begin_layout Subsection
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36465 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36466 on a cross-reference box.
36469 \begin_layout Section
36474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36483 \begin_layout Subsection
36487 \begin_layout Standard
36488 Change Tracking is described in section
36489 \begin_inset space ~
36493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36495 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36502 \begin_layout Subsection
36507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36517 \begin_layout Standard
36518 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36520 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36529 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36532 \begin_layout Subsection
36536 \begin_layout Standard
36537 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36538 \begin_inset space ~
36542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36544 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36551 \begin_layout Subsection
36552 Start Appendix Here
36555 \begin_layout Standard
36556 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36557 position as described in section
36558 \begin_inset space ~
36562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36564 reference "sec:Appendices"
36571 \begin_layout Subsection
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36576 Un/compresses the actual document.
36579 \begin_layout Subsection
36581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36583 name "sub:Settings"
36591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36592 Document ! Settings
36600 \begin_layout Standard
36601 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36603 You can save your document settings as default with the
36605 Save as Document Defaults
36607 button in the dialog.
36608 This will create a template named
36612 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36616 \begin_layout Standard
36617 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36620 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36624 \begin_layout Standard
36625 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36626 Document classes are described in section
36627 \begin_inset space ~
36631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36633 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36638 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36643 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36644 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36647 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36651 \begin_layout Standard
36652 The document font settings are described in section
36653 \begin_inset space ~
36657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36659 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36666 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36671 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36673 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36679 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36680 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36683 \begin_layout Standard
36684 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36692 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36696 \begin_layout Standard
36697 A description of this menu is given in section
36698 \begin_inset space ~
36702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36704 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36711 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36718 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36722 \begin_layout Standard
36723 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36724 \begin_inset space ~
36728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36730 reference "sub:Margins"
36737 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36743 Language ! Encoding
36751 \begin_layout Standard
36752 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36753 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36754 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36755 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36756 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36757 known for a particular character).
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36763 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36768 manual for details.
36776 \begin_layout Standard
36777 If you use the option
36779 use language's default encoding
36781 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36783 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36784 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36785 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36786 exactly one encoding.
36787 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36796 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36797 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36799 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36800 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36814 \begin_layout Standard
36815 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36816 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36817 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36818 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36819 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36820 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
36823 use language's default encoding
36825 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36826 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36827 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36831 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36834 \begin_layout Description
36836 \begin_inset space ~
36841 use language's default encoding
36843 , but the LaTeX-package
36851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36852 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36858 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36859 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36860 languages in TeX code.
36863 \begin_layout Description
36864 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36867 \begin_layout Description
36868 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36869 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36872 \begin_layout Description
36873 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36876 \begin_layout Description
36877 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36880 \begin_layout Description
36881 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36884 \begin_layout Description
36885 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36888 \begin_layout Description
36889 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36892 \begin_layout Description
36893 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36894 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36897 \begin_layout Description
36898 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36899 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36902 \begin_layout Description
36903 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36906 \begin_layout Description
36907 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36910 \begin_layout Description
36911 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36914 \begin_layout Description
36915 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36918 \begin_layout Description
36919 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36920 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36921 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36925 \begin_layout Description
36926 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36927 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36930 \begin_layout Description
36931 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36935 \begin_layout Description
36936 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36939 \begin_layout Description
36940 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36941 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36944 \begin_layout Description
36945 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36946 the euro currency sign, the
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36960 be the replacement for latin1
36963 \begin_layout Description
36964 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36967 \begin_layout Description
36968 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36977 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36983 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36987 \begin_layout Description
36988 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36997 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37002 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37005 \begin_layout Description
37006 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37015 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37020 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37023 \begin_layout Description
37024 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
37028 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37037 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37052 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37056 \begin_layout Standard
37057 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37059 \begin_inset space ~
37063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37065 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37072 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37076 \begin_layout Standard
37077 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37106 For a further description see section
37107 \begin_inset space ~
37111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37113 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37120 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37124 \begin_layout Standard
37125 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37134 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37148 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37153 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37156 \begin_layout Standard
37161 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37162 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37165 \begin_layout Standard
37170 is used for special integral characters.
37173 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37177 \begin_layout Standard
37178 The float placement options are described in section
37179 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
37183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37185 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37192 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37197 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37198 The itemize environment is described in section
37199 \begin_inset space ~
37203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37205 reference "sec:Itemize"
37212 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37216 \begin_layout Standard
37217 Branches are described in section
37218 \begin_inset space ~
37222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37224 reference "sec:Branches"
37231 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37246 \begin_layout Standard
37247 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37248 to define LaTeX-commands.
37249 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37250 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37254 \begin_layout Standard
37255 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37256 \begin_inset space ~
37260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37262 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37269 \begin_layout Section
37274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 \begin_layout Subsection
37287 \begin_layout Standard
37288 Spell checking is explained in section
37289 \begin_inset space ~
37293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37295 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37302 \begin_layout Subsection
37306 \begin_layout Standard
37307 The thesaurus is described in section
37308 \begin_inset space ~
37312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37314 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37321 \begin_layout Subsection
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37336 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
37340 \begin_layout Subsection
37345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37354 \begin_layout Standard
37355 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37358 \begin_layout Subsection
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37364 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37375 Reconfiguration of LyX
37379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 Reconfiguration of LyX
37404 \begin_layout Standard
37405 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37406 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37407 \begin_inset space ~
37411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37413 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37420 \begin_layout Subsection
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37425 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37432 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37439 \begin_layout Section
37444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 \begin_layout Standard
37454 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37458 \begin_layout Standard
37462 \begin_inset space ~
37467 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37468 found by LyX (see also section
37469 \begin_inset space ~
37473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37475 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37482 \begin_layout Section
37484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37486 name "sec:Toolbars"
37493 \begin_layout Standard
37494 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37495 \begin_inset space ~
37499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37501 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37508 \begin_layout Standard
37509 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37510 This is described in the
37517 \begin_layout Subsection
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37531 \begin_layout Standard
37532 \begin_inset Graphics
37533 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37541 \begin_layout Standard
37542 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37548 \begin_layout Standard
37549 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 \begin_inset Note Note
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37575 manual for more information.
37583 \begin_layout Standard
37584 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37590 \begin_layout Standard
37591 \begin_inset Tabular
37592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37593 <features islongtable="true">
37594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37601 \begin_inset Graphics
37602 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37616 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37629 \begin_layout Standard
37630 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37636 \begin_layout Standard
37638 \begin_inset Tabular
37639 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37640 <features islongtable="true">
37641 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37642 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37650 \begin_inset Graphics
37651 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37652 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37679 \begin_inset Graphics
37680 filename ../images/file-open.png
37681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37708 \begin_inset Graphics
37709 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37737 \begin_inset Graphics
37738 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37739 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37754 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37766 \begin_inset Graphics
37767 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37768 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37783 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37795 \begin_inset Graphics
37796 filename ../images/undo.png
37797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename ../images/redo.png
37826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37841 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 \begin_inset Graphics
37854 filename ../images/cut.png
37855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 \begin_inset Graphics
37883 filename ../images/copy.png
37884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37899 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37911 \begin_inset Graphics
37912 filename ../images/paste.png
37913 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37928 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37940 \begin_inset Graphics
37941 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37943 rotateOrigin center
37952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37964 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37978 \begin_inset Graphics
37979 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37980 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37995 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37997 \begin_inset space ~
38008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 \begin_inset Graphics
38014 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38015 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38030 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38048 \begin_inset Graphics
38049 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38063 Formats text using the current settings in the
38065 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38067 \begin_inset space ~
38078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 \begin_inset Graphics
38084 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38101 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38103 \begin_inset space ~
38112 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 \begin_inset Graphics
38118 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38120 rotateOrigin center
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 \begin_inset Graphics
38148 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38150 rotateOrigin center
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38172 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38177 \begin_inset Graphics
38178 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38179 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38180 rotateOrigin center
38189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 Toggle outline window on/off,
38195 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 \begin_inset Graphics
38208 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38209 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38210 rotateOrigin center
38219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38234 \begin_inset Graphics
38235 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38236 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38237 rotateOrigin center
38246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38250 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38263 \begin_layout Subsection
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38277 \begin_layout Standard
38278 \begin_inset Graphics
38279 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38287 \begin_layout Standard
38288 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38294 \begin_layout Standard
38295 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38299 \begin_layout Standard
38300 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38306 \begin_layout Standard
38307 \begin_inset Tabular
38308 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38309 <features islongtable="true">
38310 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38311 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38317 \begin_inset Graphics
38318 filename ../images/layout.png
38319 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38320 rotateOrigin center
38329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38344 \begin_inset Graphics
38345 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38347 rotateOrigin center
38356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38371 \begin_inset Graphics
38372 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38374 rotateOrigin center
38383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 \begin_inset Graphics
38399 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38401 rotateOrigin center
38410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38425 \begin_inset Graphics
38426 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38428 rotateOrigin center
38437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 \begin_inset Graphics
38453 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38454 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38455 rotateOrigin center
38464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38470 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38472 \begin_inset space ~
38476 \begin_inset space ~
38485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38490 \begin_inset Graphics
38491 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38493 rotateOrigin center
38502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38508 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38510 \begin_inset space ~
38514 \begin_inset space ~
38523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38528 \begin_inset Graphics
38529 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38530 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38546 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38558 \begin_inset Graphics
38559 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38576 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 \begin_inset Graphics
38589 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38617 \begin_inset Graphics
38618 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38619 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 \begin_inset Graphics
38647 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 \begin_inset Graphics
38676 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38694 \begin_inset space ~
38703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38708 \begin_inset Graphics
38709 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38727 \begin_inset space ~
38736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 \begin_inset Graphics
38742 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38770 \begin_inset Graphics
38771 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38773 rotateOrigin center
38782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38790 \begin_inset space ~
38799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38804 \begin_inset Graphics
38805 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38822 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38824 \begin_inset space ~
38833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38838 \begin_inset Graphics
38839 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38867 \begin_inset Graphics
38868 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38869 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38896 \begin_inset Graphics
38897 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38940 \begin_inset Graphics
38941 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38958 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38970 \begin_inset Graphics
38971 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38988 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39004 \begin_inset Graphics
39005 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39006 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39007 rotateOrigin center
39016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39024 \begin_inset space ~
39033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39038 \begin_inset Graphics
39039 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39040 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39041 rotateOrigin center
39050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39072 \begin_inset Graphics
39073 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39075 rotateOrigin center
39084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39090 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39104 \begin_layout Subsection
39105 View / Update Toolbar
39109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39110 Toolbar ! View / Update
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39119 \begin_inset Graphics
39120 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39127 \begin_layout Standard
39128 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39134 \begin_layout Standard
39135 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39146 \begin_layout Standard
39147 \begin_inset Tabular
39148 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39149 <features islongtable="true">
39150 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39151 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39157 \begin_inset Graphics
39158 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39160 rotateOrigin center
39169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39175 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39187 \begin_inset Graphics
39188 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39189 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39190 rotateOrigin center
39199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39205 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39206 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39218 \begin_inset Graphics
39219 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39220 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39221 rotateOrigin center
39230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39236 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39248 \begin_inset Graphics
39249 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39251 rotateOrigin center
39260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39266 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39267 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39273 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
39274 functionality is merged with
39276 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39296 \begin_inset Graphics
39297 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39299 rotateOrigin center
39308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39314 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 \begin_inset Graphics
39327 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39329 rotateOrigin center
39338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39344 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39345 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39359 \begin_layout Subsection
39363 \begin_layout Standard
39364 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39365 \begin_inset space ~
39369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39371 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39375 , the table toolbar
39379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39389 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
39396 \begin_layout Chapter
39402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39404 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39421 \begin_layout Standard
39422 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39424 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39427 \begin_layout Section
39431 \begin_layout Subsection
39433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39444 Customization ! of toolbars
39453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 Customization ! of menus
39462 \begin_layout Standard
39463 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39471 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39479 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39480 User Interface File
39484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39485 Customization ! of toolbars
39494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39495 Customization ! of menus
39503 \begin_layout Standard
39504 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39505 interface (ui) file.
39506 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39507 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39516 Both files are loaded by the
39521 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39522 files and edit the entries.
39525 \begin_layout Standard
39526 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39538 entries must be ended with an explicit
39563 and in the case of the
39564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39576 The syntax for the entries is:
39579 \begin_layout Standard
39580 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39608 \begin_layout Standard
39610 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39613 All LyX-functions are listed in
39614 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39623 \begin_layout Standard
39624 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39630 \begin_layout Standard
39631 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39633 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39636 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39640 \begin_layout Standard
39641 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39646 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39649 \begin_layout Standard
39651 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39654 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39671 \begin_layout Standard
39672 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39673 Several binding files are available:
39676 \begin_layout Description
39677 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39680 \begin_layout Description
39681 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39692 \begin_layout Description
39693 mac.bind set of bindings for
39696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39704 \begin_layout Standard
39705 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39709 , and bind files for special languages.
39710 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39720 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39724 \begin_layout Standard
39725 Some bind-files, like
39729 , have only a small scope.
39730 When looking at the the end of the file
39734 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39737 \begin_layout Standard
39738 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39739 s with a text editor.
39740 The syntax of the entries is:
39743 \begin_layout Standard
39749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39767 \begin_layout Standard
39768 All LyX-functions are listed in
39769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39782 \begin_layout Standard
39786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39793 restore window size, or use fixed size
39795 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39799 \begin_layout Standard
39803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39810 restore window position
39812 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39815 \begin_layout Standard
39818 Restore cursor positions
39820 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39824 \begin_layout Standard
39827 Load opened files from last session
39829 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39836 name "sub:Backup documents"
39844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 \begin_layout Standard
39858 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39861 \begin_layout Standard
39866 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39869 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39879 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39883 \begin_layout Standard
39886 Cursor follows scrollbar
39888 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39896 \begin_layout Standard
39899 Enable Pixmap Cache
39901 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39902 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39903 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39904 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39906 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39913 \begin_layout Subsection
39918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39927 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39934 \begin_layout Standard
39935 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39938 \begin_layout Standard
39939 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39947 This section only deals with the fonts
39952 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39956 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39967 \begin_layout Standard
39968 By default, LyX uses
39972 as roman (serif) font,
39980 (depends on the system) as
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39999 \begin_layout Standard
40000 You can change the font size with the
40007 \begin_layout Standard
40012 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40013 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40018 points have the size of 1
40019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40029 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40036 \begin_layout Standard
40041 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40042 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
40046 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40047 \begin_inset space ~
40051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40053 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40060 \begin_layout Subsection
40065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40084 \begin_layout Standard
40085 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40086 Choose an item in the list and use the
40093 \begin_layout Subsection
40098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40099 Settings ! Graphics
40107 \begin_layout Standard
40108 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40111 \begin_layout Standard
40116 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40117 This feature is described in section
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40124 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40131 \begin_layout Subsection
40136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40147 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40155 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40162 \begin_layout Standard
40163 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40164 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40170 \begin_inset space ~
40173 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40174 can use the keyboard map file named
40181 \begin_layout Standard
40182 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40190 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40198 \begin_layout Section
40203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 Settings ! Directory
40222 \begin_layout Description
40224 \begin_inset space ~
40227 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40228 It is the default when you
40239 \begin_inset space ~
40247 \begin_layout Description
40249 \begin_inset space ~
40252 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40254 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40256 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40268 \begin_layout Description
40270 \begin_inset space ~
40277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40283 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40284 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40285 \begin_inset space ~
40289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40291 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40299 will be used to save the backups.
40300 \begin_inset Newline newline
40303 The backup files have the ending
40304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40314 \begin_layout Description
40319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40327 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40328 \begin_inset Newline newline
40332 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40340 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40348 \begin_layout Description
40350 \begin_inset space ~
40353 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40356 \begin_layout Description
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40361 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40362 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40363 to find it on the system.
40364 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40365 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40374 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40375 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40379 \begin_layout Section
40383 \begin_layout Standard
40384 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40385 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40387 \begin_inset space ~
40391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40393 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40397 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40400 \begin_layout Section
40405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40406 Language ! Settings
40415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40416 Settings ! Language
40424 \begin_layout Subsection
40428 \begin_layout Description
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40433 language is the language used in new documents
40436 \begin_layout Description
40438 \begin_inset space ~
40441 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40443 The default is the LaTeX-command
40449 that loads the package
40457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40458 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40459 \begin_inset space ~
40463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40465 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40475 \begin_inset Newline newline
40482 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40483 the document language.
40484 A text label is for instance the word
40485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40492 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40495 \begin_layout Description
40497 \begin_inset space ~
40500 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40501 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40502 An example is the start command
40508 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40528 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40533 \begin_layout Description
40535 \begin_inset space ~
40543 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40544 command toggles the package on and off.
40547 \begin_layout Description
40549 \begin_inset space ~
40559 \begin_layout Description
40560 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40561 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40562 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40563 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40570 \begin_layout Description
40572 \begin_inset space ~
40575 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40577 When this option is not set, the
40580 \begin_inset space ~
40585 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40586 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40589 \begin_inset space ~
40597 \begin_layout Description
40599 \begin_inset space ~
40605 \begin_inset space ~
40611 When it is not set, the
40614 \begin_inset space ~
40619 is set to the end of the document.
40622 \begin_layout Description
40624 \begin_inset space ~
40628 \begin_inset space ~
40631 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40632 language will be underlined blue.
40635 \begin_layout Description
40637 \begin_inset space ~
40641 \begin_inset space ~
40645 \begin_inset space ~
40649 \begin_inset space ~
40652 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40656 \begin_layout Subsection
40660 \begin_layout Standard
40661 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40662 \begin_inset space ~
40666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40668 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40675 \begin_layout Section
40679 \begin_layout Subsection
40681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40710 \begin_layout Description
40712 \begin_inset space ~
40715 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40716 The name will be used when the
40721 \begin_inset Newline newline
40725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40733 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40742 \begin_layout Description
40744 \begin_inset space ~
40748 \begin_inset space ~
40752 \begin_inset space ~
40755 printer This option works only for the
40760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40772 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40773 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40776 \begin_layout Description
40778 \begin_inset space ~
40781 command is the command LyX
40782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40789 LaTeX uses for printing.
40790 The default is on most systems
40797 \begin_layout Description
40799 \begin_inset space ~
40803 \begin_inset space ~
40806 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40807 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40808 of the program that provides the
40815 \begin_layout Subsection
40820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40831 Settings ! Date format
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40840 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40841 \begin_inset Newline newline
40845 \begin_inset Flex URL
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40850 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40856 \begin_inset Newline newline
40859 For example the format
40860 \begin_inset Newline newline
40864 \begin_inset Newline newline
40867 prints the date as day/month/year.
40870 \begin_layout Subsection
40874 \begin_layout Description
40876 \begin_inset space ~
40880 \begin_inset space ~
40883 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40886 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40887 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40889 \begin_inset space ~
40895 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40899 \begin_layout Description
40901 \begin_inset space ~
40904 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40909 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40910 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40913 \begin_layout Subsection
40918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40928 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 \begin_layout Description
40950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40958 \begin_inset space ~
40961 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40966 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40988 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41001 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41002 LyX sets up in the background.
41003 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41006 \begin_layout Description
41008 \begin_inset space ~
41012 \begin_inset space ~
41015 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41020 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41023 \begin_layout Description
41025 \begin_inset space ~
41029 \begin_inset space ~
41033 \begin_inset space ~
41037 \begin_inset space ~
41041 \begin_inset space ~
41045 \begin_inset space ~
41048 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41050 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41053 dialog when changing the document class.
41056 \begin_layout Standard
41059 External Applications
41061 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41062 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41063 manuals of the applications.
41064 Currently the following commands can be set:
41067 \begin_layout Description
41072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 \begin_inset space ~
41083 command Command for the program
41087 that is described in section
41098 \begin_layout Description
41103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41111 \begin_inset space ~
41114 command Command for the program
41118 that generates the bibliography, see section
41119 \begin_inset space ~
41123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41125 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41132 \begin_layout Description
41134 \begin_inset space ~
41137 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41138 \begin_inset space ~
41142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41144 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41151 \begin_layout Description
41153 \begin_inset space ~
41157 \begin_inset space ~
41161 \begin_inset space ~
41165 \begin_inset space ~
41168 options They only have an effect when the program
41172 is used as DVI-viewer.
41175 \begin_layout Subsection
41180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41199 \begin_layout Standard
41204 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41207 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41209 uses the Windows path style:
41212 \begin_layout Standard
41220 \begin_layout Standard
41221 instead of the Unix path style:
41224 \begin_layout Standard
41228 \begin_layout Section
41233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41242 \begin_layout Standard
41243 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41244 from one format to another.
41245 You can modify them or create new ones.
41246 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41253 \begin_inset space ~
41263 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41267 \begin_inset space ~
41272 drop-down list, modify the
41276 field, and press the
41283 \begin_layout Standard
41286 Converter File Cache
41288 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41291 Maximum Age (in days
41294 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41295 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41298 \begin_layout Standard
41299 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41300 the converter definition, is described in section
41311 \begin_layout Section
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41325 name "sec:File-Formats"
41332 \begin_layout Standard
41333 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41334 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41336 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41344 \begin_inset space ~
41356 \begin_layout Standard
41357 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41358 is described in section
41369 \begin_layout Section
41374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41383 \begin_layout Standard
41384 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41385 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41386 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41387 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41388 This is done by a Copier.
41391 \begin_layout Standard
41392 More about converters is described in section
41403 \begin_layout Chapter
41404 Units available in LyX
41408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41417 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41424 \begin_layout Standard
41425 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41428 reference "cap:Units"
41432 explains all units available in LyX.
41435 \begin_layout Standard
41436 \begin_inset Float table
41442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41443 \begin_inset Caption
41445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41461 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41469 \begin_inset Tabular
41470 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41624 scaled point (65536
41625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41685 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41689 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 % of original image width
41747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41954 \begin_layout Chapter
41956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41965 \begin_layout Standard
41966 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41967 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41970 \begin_layout Itemize
41973 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41976 \begin_layout Itemize
41982 \begin_layout Itemize
41988 \begin_layout Itemize
41994 \begin_layout Itemize
42000 \begin_layout Itemize
42006 \begin_layout Itemize
42012 \begin_layout Itemize
42018 \begin_layout Itemize
42021 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42024 \begin_layout Itemize
42030 \begin_layout Itemize
42036 \begin_layout Itemize
42042 \begin_layout Itemize
42048 \begin_layout Itemize
42054 \begin_layout Itemize
42060 \begin_layout Itemize
42066 \begin_layout Itemize
42072 \begin_layout Itemize
42074 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42083 \begin_layout Standard
42084 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42087 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42094 \begin_layout Bibliography
42095 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42096 LatexCommand bibitem
42103 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42106 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42111 \begin_inset Newline newline
42115 \begin_inset Flex URL
42118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42120 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42128 \begin_layout Bibliography
42129 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42130 LatexCommand bibitem
42131 key "latexcompanion"
42135 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42137 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42140 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42143 \begin_layout Bibliography
42144 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42145 LatexCommand bibitem
42150 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42153 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42156 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42159 \begin_layout Bibliography
42160 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42161 LatexCommand bibitem
42168 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42171 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42174 \begin_layout Bibliography
42175 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42176 LatexCommand bibitem
42188 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42191 \begin_layout Bibliography
42192 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42193 LatexCommand bibitem
42199 \begin_inset Newline newline
42203 \begin_inset Flex URL
42206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42208 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42216 \begin_layout Bibliography
42217 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42218 LatexCommand bibitem
42224 \begin_inset Newline newline
42228 \begin_inset Flex URL
42231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42233 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42241 \begin_layout Bibliography
42242 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42243 LatexCommand bibitem
42249 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42251 name "Documentation"
42252 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42261 \begin_inset Newline newline
42265 \begin_inset Flex URL
42268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42278 \begin_layout Bibliography
42279 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42280 LatexCommand bibitem
42286 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42288 name "Documentation"
42289 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42298 \begin_inset Newline newline
42302 \begin_inset Flex URL
42305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42307 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42315 \begin_layout Bibliography
42316 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42317 LatexCommand bibitem
42323 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42325 name "Documentation"
42326 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42330 of the LaTeX-package
42338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42345 \begin_inset Newline newline
42349 \begin_inset Flex URL
42352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42362 \begin_layout Bibliography
42363 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42364 LatexCommand bibitem
42370 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42372 name "Documentation"
42373 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42377 of the LaTeX-package
42385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42386 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42392 \begin_inset Newline newline
42396 \begin_inset Flex URL
42399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42401 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42409 \begin_layout Bibliography
42410 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42411 LatexCommand bibitem
42419 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42421 name "Documentation"
42422 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42428 of the LaTeX-package
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42443 \begin_inset Newline newline
42447 \begin_inset Flex URL
42450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42452 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42460 \begin_layout Bibliography
42461 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42462 LatexCommand bibitem
42468 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42470 name "Documentation"
42471 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42475 of the LaTeX-package
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42484 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42490 \begin_inset Newline newline
42494 \begin_inset Flex URL
42497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42499 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42507 \begin_layout Bibliography
42508 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42509 LatexCommand bibitem
42515 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42517 name "Documentation"
42518 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42522 of the LaTeX-package
42530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42531 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42537 \begin_inset Newline newline
42541 \begin_inset Flex URL
42544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42546 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42554 \begin_layout Bibliography
42555 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42556 LatexCommand bibitem
42562 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42564 name "Documentation"
42565 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42569 of the LaTeX-package
42577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42578 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42584 \begin_inset Newline newline
42588 \begin_inset Flex URL
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42593 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42601 \begin_layout Bibliography
42602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42603 LatexCommand bibitem
42609 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42612 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42616 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42617 \begin_inset Newline newline
42621 \begin_inset Flex URL
42624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42626 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42634 \begin_layout Bibliography
42635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42636 LatexCommand bibitem
42642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42645 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42649 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42650 \begin_inset Newline newline
42654 \begin_inset Flex URL
42657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42659 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42667 \begin_layout Bibliography
42668 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42669 LatexCommand bibitem
42675 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42678 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42682 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42683 \begin_inset Newline newline
42687 \begin_inset Flex URL
42690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42692 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42700 \begin_layout Bibliography
42701 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42702 LatexCommand bibitem
42708 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42711 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42715 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42716 \begin_inset Newline newline
42720 \begin_inset Flex URL
42723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42725 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42733 \begin_layout Bibliography
42734 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42735 LatexCommand bibitem
42741 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42744 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42748 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42749 \begin_inset Newline newline
42753 \begin_inset Flex URL
42756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42758 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42766 \begin_layout Bibliography
42767 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42768 LatexCommand bibitem
42774 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42777 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42781 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42782 \begin_inset Newline newline
42786 \begin_inset Flex URL
42789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42791 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42799 \begin_layout Bibliography
42800 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42801 LatexCommand bibitem
42807 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42810 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42814 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42815 \begin_inset Newline newline
42819 \begin_inset Flex URL
42822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42824 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42832 \begin_layout Bibliography
42833 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42834 LatexCommand bibitem
42840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42843 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42847 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42848 \begin_inset Newline newline
42852 \begin_inset Flex URL
42855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42857 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42865 \begin_layout Bibliography
42866 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42867 LatexCommand bibitem
42873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42876 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42880 about new features in
42885 \begin_inset Newline newline
42889 \begin_inset Flex URL
42892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42894 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42902 \begin_layout Standard
42903 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42937 \begin_inset Note Note
42940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42947 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42948 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42949 bibliography is the second one:
42957 \begin_layout Standard
42958 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42959 LatexCommand bibtex
42960 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42961 options "biblio/alphadin"
42968 \begin_layout Standard
42969 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42972 \begin_layout Standard
42975 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42976 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42981 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42982 LatexCommand printindex